US20080038274A1 - Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells - Google Patents
Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20080038274A1 US20080038274A1 US11/806,648 US80664807A US2008038274A1 US 20080038274 A1 US20080038274 A1 US 20080038274A1 US 80664807 A US80664807 A US 80664807A US 2008038274 A1 US2008038274 A1 US 2008038274A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- cells
- domain
- seq
- sequence
- agent
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 title description 40
- 230000024717 negative regulation of secretion Effects 0.000 title description 4
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 144
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 88
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 45
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 35
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 29
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 28
- 210000004969 inflammatory cell Anatomy 0.000 claims abstract description 12
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 66
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 61
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims description 55
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 claims description 42
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 claims description 40
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 34
- 241001112695 Clostridiales Species 0.000 claims description 33
- 108010055044 Tetanus Toxin Proteins 0.000 claims description 28
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 claims description 27
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 claims description 25
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 claims description 24
- 230000028023 exocytosis Effects 0.000 claims description 19
- IYMAXBFPHPZYIK-BQBZGAKWSA-N Arg-Gly-Asp Chemical compound NC(N)=NCCC[C@H](N)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(O)=O IYMAXBFPHPZYIK-BQBZGAKWSA-N 0.000 claims description 18
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 18
- 108010005730 R-SNARE Proteins Proteins 0.000 claims description 17
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 claims description 17
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 102000006834 complement receptors Human genes 0.000 claims description 10
- 108010047295 complement receptors Proteins 0.000 claims description 10
- 108010057722 Synaptosomal-Associated Protein 25 Proteins 0.000 claims description 9
- 108090001007 Interleukin-8 Proteins 0.000 claims description 8
- 108010010469 Qa-SNARE Proteins Proteins 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N uroanthelone Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000035285 Allergic Seasonal Rhinitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 102400001368 Epidermal growth factor Human genes 0.000 claims description 6
- 101800003838 Epidermal growth factor Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 102000050389 Syntaxin Human genes 0.000 claims description 6
- 229940116977 epidermal growth factor Drugs 0.000 claims description 6
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 claims description 6
- 210000001616 monocyte Anatomy 0.000 claims description 6
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 claims description 5
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 210000003979 eosinophil Anatomy 0.000 claims description 5
- 102000029719 integrin binding proteins Human genes 0.000 claims description 5
- 108091009291 integrin binding proteins Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- NBSCHQHZLSJFNQ-QTVWNMPRSA-N D-Mannose-6-phosphate Chemical compound OC1O[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O NBSCHQHZLSJFNQ-QTVWNMPRSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 108010072041 arginyl-glycyl-aspartic acid Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000006673 asthma Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 claims description 3
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010009900 Colitis ulcerative Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000006926 Discoid Lupus Erythematosus Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010018364 Glomerulonephritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000009525 Myocarditis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010033645 Pancreatitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000036284 Rhinitis seasonal Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000006704 Ulcerative Colitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010047115 Vasculitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000010105 allergic rhinitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000007815 allergy Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000004921 cutaneous lupus erythematosus Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000017022 seasonal allergic rhinitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 201000000596 systemic lupus erythematosus Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- NTEDOEBWPRVVSG-FQUUOJAGSA-N (2s)-1-[(2r)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[2-[[(2s)-2-[(2-aminoacetyl)amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)pentanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-3-carboxypropanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound NC(N)=NCCC[C@H](NC(=O)CN)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](CO)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(O)=O NTEDOEBWPRVVSG-FQUUOJAGSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- AGOOUZZBQZNYCU-AJNGGQMLSA-N (2s)-1-[(2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-[[2-[[(2s)-2-[(2-aminoacetyl)amino]-5-(diaminomethylideneamino)pentanoyl]amino]acetyl]amino]-4-carboxybutanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound NC(N)=NCCC[C@H](NC(=O)CN)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1C(O)=O AGOOUZZBQZNYCU-AJNGGQMLSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010078015 Complement C3b Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010010744 Conjunctivitis allergic Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000011231 Crohn disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-MRVPVSSYSA-N D-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-MRVPVSSYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000004624 Dermatitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010014950 Eosinophilia Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000004262 Food Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010016946 Food allergy Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000007882 Gastritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 229920001503 Glucan Polymers 0.000 claims description 2
- 101000600766 Homo sapiens Podoplanin Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010008212 Integrin alpha4beta1 Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000003251 Pruritus Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000032056 Radiation Fibrosis Syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000002205 allergic conjunctivitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000024998 atopic conjunctivitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000010668 atopic eczema Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000003176 fibrotic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000020932 food allergy Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010053299 glycyl-arginyl-glycyl-aspartyl-seryl-proline Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010044896 glycyl-arginyl-glycyl-glutamyl-seryl-proline Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000014617 hemorrhoid Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000006454 hepatitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 231100000283 hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 claims description 2
- 210000003630 histaminocyte Anatomy 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000002608 insulinlike Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000005069 pulmonary fibrosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000001319 vasomotor rhinitis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 108700012441 IGF2 Proteins 0.000 claims 1
- 102000002215 Synaptobrevin Human genes 0.000 claims 1
- 102000004183 Synaptosomal-Associated Protein 25 Human genes 0.000 claims 1
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 abstract description 61
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 abstract description 17
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 14
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 abstract description 11
- 210000003890 endocrine cell Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 9
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 abstract description 7
- 210000000748 cardiovascular system Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 6
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 6
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 4
- 210000002907 exocrine cell Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 4
- 210000002449 bone cell Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 3
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 abstract description 3
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 57
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 53
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 53
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 50
- 108700010070 Codon Usage Proteins 0.000 description 43
- 239000002581 neurotoxin Substances 0.000 description 40
- 231100000618 neurotoxin Toxicity 0.000 description 40
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 35
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 34
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 33
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 31
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 29
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 29
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 28
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 28
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- 108091008146 restriction endonucleases Proteins 0.000 description 26
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 25
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 24
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 24
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 23
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 22
- 101710117524 Botulinum neurotoxin type B Proteins 0.000 description 21
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 21
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 20
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 20
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 20
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 19
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 19
- 238000002415 sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 19
- JWDFQMWEFLOOED-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-(pyridin-2-yldisulfanyl)propanoate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCSSC1=CC=CC=N1 JWDFQMWEFLOOED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 18
- 108010059378 Endopeptidases Proteins 0.000 description 17
- 102000005593 Endopeptidases Human genes 0.000 description 17
- 102000005917 R-SNARE Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 16
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 16
- 210000003819 peripheral blood mononuclear cell Anatomy 0.000 description 16
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 16
- 101710175625 Maltose/maltodextrin-binding periplasmic protein Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 15
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 14
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 14
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 14
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 14
- 108030001720 Bontoxilysin Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 231100001102 clostridial toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 13
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N dithiothreitol Chemical compound SC[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CS VHJLVAABSRFDPM-QWWZWVQMSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 230000002124 endocrine Effects 0.000 description 13
- 108010074860 Factor Xa Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 101710138657 Neurotoxin Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 238000012408 PCR amplification Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 12
- 101710117542 Botulinum neurotoxin type A Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 108700026244 Open Reading Frames Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 108010044426 integrins Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 102000006495 integrins Human genes 0.000 description 11
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 11
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 11
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- NTYJJOPFIAHURM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Histamine Chemical compound NCCC1=CN=CN1 NTYJJOPFIAHURM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000005945 translocation Effects 0.000 description 10
- 241000672609 Escherichia coli BL21 Species 0.000 description 9
- 108090001090 Lectins Proteins 0.000 description 9
- 102000004856 Lectins Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 231100001103 botulinum neurotoxin Toxicity 0.000 description 9
- 238000011033 desalting Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000002523 lectin Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 9
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 9
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 9
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 8
- 102000015728 Mucins Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108010063954 Mucins Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102000000583 SNARE Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108010041948 SNARE Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102100030552 Synaptosomal-associated protein 25 Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 239000003855 balanced salt solution Substances 0.000 description 8
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229960001760 dimethyl sulfoxide Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 8
- 210000002865 immune cell Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 239000013615 primer Substances 0.000 description 8
- 241000193403 Clostridium Species 0.000 description 7
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000004890 Interleukin-8 Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 210000000172 cytosol Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 6
- CJGYSWNGNKCJSB-YVLZZHOMSA-M [(4ar,6r,7r,7ar)-6-[6-(butanoylamino)purin-9-yl]-2-oxido-2-oxo-4a,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-4h-furo[3,2-d][1,3,2]dioxaphosphinin-7-yl] butanoate Chemical compound C([C@H]1O2)OP([O-])(=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H](OC(=O)CCC)[C@@H]2N1C(N=CN=C2NC(=O)CCC)=C2N=C1 CJGYSWNGNKCJSB-YVLZZHOMSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 244000309466 calf Species 0.000 description 6
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000004907 gland Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 229960002442 glucosamine Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 6
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 230000001817 pituitary effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 6
- 102000053187 Glucuronidase Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010060309 Glucuronidase Proteins 0.000 description 5
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 5
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 241000209140 Triticum Species 0.000 description 5
- 235000021307 Triticum Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000033077 cellular process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000012790 confirmation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000012228 culture supernatant Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 229960001340 histamine Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 5
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 5
- MISJXUDJCSZFAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-sulfanylpyridin-2-one Chemical compound SN1C=CC=CC1=O MISJXUDJCSZFAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920000936 Agarose Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 241000193155 Clostridium botulinum Species 0.000 description 4
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000003155 DNA primer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 108010013369 Enteropeptidase Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102100029727 Enteropeptidase Human genes 0.000 description 4
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229930182816 L-glutamine Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 101710120037 Toxin CcdB Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108090000631 Trypsin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000004142 Trypsin Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000031018 biological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000013599 cloning vector Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000000805 cytoplasm Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000002354 daily effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 4
- UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N dexamethasone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CO)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960003957 dexamethasone Drugs 0.000 description 4
- HKSZLNNOFSGOKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N ent-staurosporine Natural products C12=C3N4C5=CC=CC=C5C3=C3CNC(=O)C3=C2C2=CC=CC=C2N1C1CC(NC)C(OC)C4(C)O1 HKSZLNNOFSGOKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 4
- PGHMRUGBZOYCAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N ionomycin Natural products O1C(CC(O)C(C)C(O)C(C)C=CCC(C)CC(C)C(O)=CC(=O)C(C)CC(C)CC(CCC(O)=O)C)CCC1(C)C1OC(C)(C(C)O)CC1 PGHMRUGBZOYCAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PGHMRUGBZOYCAA-ADZNBVRBSA-N ionomycin Chemical compound O1[C@H](C[C@H](O)[C@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)/C=C/C[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C(/O)=C/C(=O)[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](C)C[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)CC[C@@]1(C)[C@@H]1O[C@](C)([C@@H](C)O)CC1 PGHMRUGBZOYCAA-ADZNBVRBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 210000003097 mucus Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 206010051747 multiple endocrine neoplasia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 230000003387 muscular Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000000715 neuromuscular junction Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 229960002748 norepinephrine Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 4
- -1 phytohaemagglutinin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 238000011533 pre-incubation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000013014 purified material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000004739 secretory vesicle Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 4
- HKSZLNNOFSGOKW-FYTWVXJKSA-N staurosporine Chemical compound C12=C3N4C5=CC=CC=C5C3=C3CNC(=O)C3=C2C2=CC=CC=C2N1[C@H]1C[C@@H](NC)[C@@H](OC)[C@]4(C)O1 HKSZLNNOFSGOKW-FYTWVXJKSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CGPUWJWCVCFERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N staurosporine Natural products C12=C3N4C5=CC=CC=C5C3=C3CNC(=O)C3=C2C2=CC=CC=C2N1C1CC(NC)C(OC)C4(OC)O1 CGPUWJWCVCFERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000012588 trypsin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 4
- FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(dimethylamino)propyliminomethylidene-ethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101800000414 Corticotropin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007987 MES buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000014128 RANK Ligand Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010025832 RANK Ligand Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000012980 RPMI-1640 medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010043376 Tetanus Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000011923 Thyrotropin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010061174 Thyrotropin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108091006982 Zinc-dependent endopeptidases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000036861 Zinc-dependent endopeptidases Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 3
- IDLFZVILOHSSID-OVLDLUHVSA-N corticotropin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CO)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IDLFZVILOHSSID-OVLDLUHVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960000258 corticotropin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 210000003372 endocrine gland Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000013613 expression plasmid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004412 neuroendocrine cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000003957 neurotransmitter release Effects 0.000 description 3
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000007441 retrograde transport Effects 0.000 description 3
- 206010039083 rhinitis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 210000002955 secretory cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229940118376 tetanus toxin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-QMMMGPOBSA-N (-)-norepinephrine Chemical compound NC[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QYEAAMBIUQLHFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 6-[3-(pyridin-2-yldisulfanyl)propanoylamino]hexanoate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCCCCNC(=O)CCSSC1=CC=CC=N1 QYEAAMBIUQLHFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 100676-05-9 Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(OC(O)C(O)C2O)CO)O1 OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QFVHZQCOUORWEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[(4-anilino-5-sulfonaphthalen-1-yl)diazenyl]-5-hydroxynaphthalene-2,7-disulfonic acid Chemical compound C=12C(O)=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=CC2=CC(S(O)(=O)=O)=CC=1N=NC(C1=CC=CC(=C11)S(O)(=O)=O)=CC=C1NC1=CC=CC=C1 QFVHZQCOUORWEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000275 Adrenocorticotropic Hormone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000856 Amylose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 108091028026 C-DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000700199 Cavia porcellus Species 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101000985023 Clostridium botulinum C phage Botulinum neurotoxin type C Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000193449 Clostridium tetani Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000012410 DNA Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010061982 DNA Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000006820 DNA synthesis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108010014303 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000016928 DNA-directed DNA polymerase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010053187 Diphtheria Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000016607 Diphtheria Toxin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010049003 Fibrinogen Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000008946 Fibrinogen Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102100037362 Fibronectin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010067306 Fibronectins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108700012941 GNRH1 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000005720 Glutathione transferase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010070675 Glutathione transferase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000579 Gonadotropin-Releasing Hormone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010020850 Hyperthyroidism Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108091036060 Linker DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N Maltose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-acelyl-D-glucosamine Natural products CC(=O)NC1C(O)OC(CO)C(O)C1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-FMDGEEDCSA-N N-acetyl-beta-D-glucosamine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-FMDGEEDCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-LXGUWJNJSA-N N-acetylglucosamine Natural products CC(=O)N[C@@H](C=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-LXGUWJNJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010033799 Paralysis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000031845 Pernicious anaemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010002747 Pfu DNA polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102100024616 Platelet endothelial cell adhesion molecule Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229920002684 Sepharose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium azide Chemical compound [Na+].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010006785 Taq Polymerase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010067584 Type 1 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 2
- GBOGMAARMMDZGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N UNPD149280 Natural products N1C(=O)C23OC(=O)C=CC(O)CCCC(C)CC=CC3C(O)C(=C)C(C)C2C1CC1=CC=CC=C1 GBOGMAARMMDZGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100035140 Vitronectin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010031318 Vitronectin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000000370 acceptor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 2
- AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N ampicillin Chemical compound C1([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]2[C@H]3SC([C@@H](N3C2=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)=CC=CC=C1 AVKUERGKIZMTKX-NJBDSQKTSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000723 ampicillin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940053031 botulinum toxin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000013592 cell lysate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 2
- PRQROPMIIGLWRP-BZSNNMDCSA-N chemotactic peptide Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](NC=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 PRQROPMIIGLWRP-BZSNNMDCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012504 chromatography matrix Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001072 colon Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108010045325 cyclic arginine-glycine-aspartic acid peptide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000001351 cycling effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000000151 cysteine group Chemical class N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- GBOGMAARMMDZGR-JREHFAHYSA-N cytochalasin B Natural products C[C@H]1CCC[C@@H](O)C=CC(=O)O[C@@]23[C@H](C=CC1)[C@H](O)C(=C)[C@@H](C)[C@@H]2[C@H](Cc4ccccc4)NC3=O GBOGMAARMMDZGR-JREHFAHYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GBOGMAARMMDZGR-TYHYBEHESA-N cytochalasin B Chemical compound C([C@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H](C([C@@H](O)[C@@H]3/C=C/C[C@H](C)CCC[C@@H](O)/C=C/C(=O)O[C@@]23C(=O)N1)=C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 GBOGMAARMMDZGR-TYHYBEHESA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004925 denaturation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000036425 denaturation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002526 effect on cardiovascular system Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940012952 fibrinogen Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012909 foetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N glutathione Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)NCC(O)=O RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XLXSAKCOAKORKW-AQJXLSMYSA-N gonadorelin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)NCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)CC1)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 XLXSAKCOAKORKW-AQJXLSMYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011544 gradient gel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930186900 holotoxin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000126 in silico method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000968 intestinal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 2
- PGLTVOMIXTUURA-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodoacetamide Chemical compound NC(=O)CI PGLTVOMIXTUURA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002555 ionophore Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000236 ionophoric effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- BPHPUYQFMNQIOC-NXRLNHOXSA-N isopropyl beta-D-thiogalactopyranoside Chemical compound CC(C)S[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O BPHPUYQFMNQIOC-NXRLNHOXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000006166 lysate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000011987 methylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007069 methylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002808 molecular sieve Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229950006780 n-acetylglucosamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000025743 negative regulation of exocytosis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009826 neoplastic cell growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000720 neurosecretory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002858 neurotransmitter agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- LGQLOGILCSXPEA-UHFFFAOYSA-L nickel sulfate Chemical compound [Ni+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O LGQLOGILCSXPEA-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910000363 nickel(II) sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N norepinephrine Natural products NCC(O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000002997 osteoclast Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000009996 pancreatic endocrine effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000025061 parathyroid hyperplasia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000028591 pheochromocytoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000002264 polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003518 presynaptic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000000770 proinflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- XNSAINXGIQZQOO-SRVKXCTJSA-N protirelin Chemical compound NC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)CC1)CC1=CN=CN1 XNSAINXGIQZQOO-SRVKXCTJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000003127 radioimmunoassay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003345 scintillation counting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium aluminosilicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Al+3].[O-][Si]([O-])=O.[O-][Si]([O-])=O URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JQWHASGSAFIOCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium periodate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]I(=O)(=O)=O JQWHASGSAFIOCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000001685 thyroid gland Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 208000005057 thyrotoxicosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- OXHYRVSBKWIFES-WWSDOYNLSA-N trap-14 peptide Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CO)C1=CC=CC=C1 OXHYRVSBKWIFES-WWSDOYNLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000003606 umbilical vein Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 2
- NMWKYTGJWUAZPZ-WWHBDHEGSA-N (4S)-4-[[(4R,7S,10S,16S,19S,25S,28S,31R)-31-[[(2S)-2-[[(1R,6R,9S,12S,18S,21S,24S,27S,30S,33S,36S,39S,42R,47R,53S,56S,59S,62S,65S,68S,71S,76S,79S,85S)-47-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-4-amino-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-amino-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-3-(1H-imidazol-4-yl)propanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-4-oxobutanoyl]amino]-3-carboxypropanoyl]amino]-18-(4-aminobutyl)-27,68-bis(3-amino-3-oxopropyl)-36,71,76-tribenzyl-39-(3-carbamimidamidopropyl)-24-(2-carboxyethyl)-21,56-bis(carboxymethyl)-65,85-bis[(1R)-1-hydroxyethyl]-59-(hydroxymethyl)-62,79-bis(1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-9-methyl-33-(2-methylpropyl)-8,11,17,20,23,26,29,32,35,38,41,48,54,57,60,63,66,69,72,74,77,80,83,86-tetracosaoxo-30-propan-2-yl-3,4,44,45-tetrathia-7,10,16,19,22,25,28,31,34,37,40,49,55,58,61,64,67,70,73,75,78,81,84,87-tetracosazatetracyclo[40.31.14.012,16.049,53]heptaoctacontane-6-carbonyl]amino]-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-7-(3-carbamimidamidopropyl)-25-(hydroxymethyl)-19-[(4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl]-28-(1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-10-methyl-6,9,12,15,18,21,24,27,30-nonaoxo-16-propan-2-yl-1,2-dithia-5,8,11,14,17,20,23,26,29-nonazacyclodotriacontane-4-carbonyl]amino]-5-[[(2S)-1-[[(2S)-1-[[(2S)-3-carboxy-1-[[(2S)-1-[[(2S)-1-[[(1S)-1-carboxyethyl]amino]-4-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-4-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-3-(1H-imidazol-4-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-5-oxopentanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](Cc1c[nH]cn1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H]1CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H]2CSSC[C@@H]3NC(=O)[C@H](Cc4ccccc4)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](Cc4c[nH]cn4)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H]4CCCN4C(=O)[C@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](Cc4c[nH]cn4)NC(=O)[C@H](Cc4ccccc4)NC3=O)[C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc3ccccc3)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N3CCC[C@H]3C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N2)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](Cc2ccccc2)NC(=O)[C@H](Cc2c[nH]cn2)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)C(C)C)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc2c[nH]cn2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](Cc2ccc(O)cc2)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O NMWKYTGJWUAZPZ-WWHBDHEGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DEQANNDTNATYII-OULOTJBUSA-N (4r,7s,10s,13r,16s,19r)-10-(4-aminobutyl)-19-[[(2r)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-16-benzyl-n-[(2r,3r)-1,3-dihydroxybutan-2-yl]-7-[(1r)-1-hydroxyethyl]-13-(1h-indol-3-ylmethyl)-6,9,12,15,18-pentaoxo-1,2-dithia-5,8,11,14,17-pentazacycloicosane-4-carboxa Chemical compound C([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]1CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC=2)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)NC1=O)C(=O)N[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 DEQANNDTNATYII-OULOTJBUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IDOQDZANRZQBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2,4,4-trimethylpentan-2-yl)phenoxy]ethanol Chemical compound CC(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1OCCO IDOQDZANRZQBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UAIUNKRWKOVEES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,3',5,5'-tetramethylbenzidine Chemical compound CC1=C(N)C(C)=CC(C=2C=C(C)C(N)=C(C)C=2)=C1 UAIUNKRWKOVEES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSUILVWOWLUOEU-GOVZDWNOSA-N 4-nitrophenyl beta-D-glucuronide Chemical compound O1[C@H](C(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1OC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1 QSUILVWOWLUOEU-GOVZDWNOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010000599 Acromegaly Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000010825 Actinin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010063503 Actinin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007469 Actins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010085238 Actins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000026872 Addison Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000005670 Anovulation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010002659 Anovulatory cycle Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000004300 Atrophic Gastritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010003827 Autoimmune hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002237 B-cell of pancreatic islet Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010077805 Bacterial Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 231100000699 Bacterial toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 208000008439 Biliary Liver Cirrhosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000033222 Biliary cirrhosis primary Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004506 Blood Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010017384 Blood Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000020084 Bone disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003508 Botulism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102400000113 Calcitonin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060001064 Calcitonin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001112696 Clostridia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001147768 Clostridium argentinense Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000011412 Complement 3d Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010023729 Complement 3d Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000011537 Coomassie blue staining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000055 Corticotropin-Releasing Hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000709687 Coxsackievirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699800 Cricetinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000000059 Dyspnea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010013975 Dyspnoeas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012286 ELISA Assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108010062466 Enzyme Precursors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010911 Enzyme Precursors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000386 Fibroblast Growth Factor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100031706 Fibroblast growth factor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000385 Fibroblast growth factor 7 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003972 Fibroblast growth factor 7 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000012673 Follicle Stimulating Hormone Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010079345 Follicle Stimulating Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000036495 Gastritis atrophic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010024636 Glutathione Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102400000932 Gonadoliberin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000003807 Graves Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000015023 Graves' disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010051696 Growth Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000030836 Hashimoto thyroiditis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000003745 Hepatocyte Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000100 Hepatocyte Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101500026183 Homo sapiens Gonadoliberin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000884271 Homo sapiens Signal transducer CD24 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000701044 Human gammaherpesvirus 4 Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010020772 Hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091058560 IL8 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000005353 IP-10 production Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010062016 Immunosuppression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090000723 Insulin-Like Growth Factor I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000048143 Insulin-Like Growth Factor II Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001117 Insulin-Like Growth Factor II Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010064593 Intercellular Adhesion Molecule-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100037877 Intercellular adhesion molecule 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100037872 Intercellular adhesion molecule 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710148794 Intercellular adhesion molecule 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010023644 Lacrimation increased Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010085895 Laminin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007547 Laminin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000009151 Luteinizing Hormone Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010073521 Luteinizing Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010028193 Multiple endocrine neoplasia syndromes Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000016943 Muramidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014251 Muramidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010062010 N-Acetylmuramoyl-L-alanine Amidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010008211 N-Formylmethionine Leucyl-Phenylalanine Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010016076 Octreotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000001132 Osteoporosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010033647 Pancreatitis acute Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000018546 Paxillin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- ACNHBCIZLNNLRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Paxilline 1 Natural products N1C2=CC=CC=C2C2=C1C1(C)C3(C)CCC4OC(C(C)(O)C)C(=O)C=C4C3(O)CCC1C2 ACNHBCIZLNNLRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010034277 Pemphigoid Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000011152 Pemphigus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000010067 Pituitary ACTH Hypersecretion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007913 Pituitary Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020627 Pituitary-dependent Cushing syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010069381 Platelet Endothelial Cell Adhesion Molecule-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010038512 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010780 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010036049 Polycystic ovaries Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000012654 Primary biliary cholangitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000003946 Prolactin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010057464 Prolactin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001253 Protein Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700033844 Pseudomonas aeruginosa toxA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000015799 Qa-SNARE Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100025234 Receptor of activated protein C kinase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010044157 Receptors for Activated C Kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000006146 Roswell Park Memorial Institute medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010039710 Scleroderma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920005654 Sephadex Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012507 Sephadex™ Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102100038081 Signal transducer CD24 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000021386 Sjogren Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000013275 Somatomedins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100038803 Somatotropin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000000692 Student's t-test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012505 Superdex™ Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102100030545 Synaptosomal-associated protein 23 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710189545 Synaptosomal-associated protein 23 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000009594 Systemic Scleroderma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010042953 Systemic sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000006463 Talin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010083809 Talin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007000 Tenascin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010008125 Tenascin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101800002885 Tetanus toxin light chain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700031954 Tgfb1i1/Leupaxin/TGFB1I1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108090000190 Thrombin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010043561 Thrombocytopenic purpura Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007536 Thrombosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000003911 Thyrotropin Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000253 Thyrotropin Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101800004623 Thyrotropin-releasing hormone Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102400000336 Thyrotropin-releasing hormone Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000004887 Transforming Growth Factor beta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001012 Transforming Growth Factor beta Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101800004564 Transforming growth factor alpha Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102400001320 Transforming growth factor alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920004929 Triton X-114 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010046851 Uveitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010000134 Vascular Cell Adhesion Molecule-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010073929 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010019530 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100023543 Vascular cell adhesion protein 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100039037 Vascular endothelial growth factor A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010017749 Vesicle-Associated Membrane Protein 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004604 Vesicle-Associated Membrane Protein 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008186 active pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000003229 acute pancreatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000030621 adenylate cyclase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060000200 adenylate cyclase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000001464 adherent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004404 adrenal cortex Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001919 adrenal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001943 adrenal medulla Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012382 advanced drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001042 affinity chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000202 analgesic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000007502 anemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000005349 anion exchange Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000552 anovulation Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001387 anti-histamine Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940125715 antihistaminic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000739 antihistaminic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008135 aqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940009098 aspartate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001363 autoimmune Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000005000 autoimmune gastritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000688 bacterial toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003899 bactericide agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003139 buffering effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000000594 bullous pemphigoid Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004900 c-terminal fragment Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960004015 calcitonin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BBBFJLBPOGFECG-VJVYQDLKSA-N calcitonin Chemical compound N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(N)=O)C(C)C)C(=O)[C@@H]1CSSC[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N1 BBBFJLBPOGFECG-VJVYQDLKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AIXAANGOTKPUOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbachol Chemical compound [Cl-].C[N+](C)(C)CCOC(N)=O AIXAANGOTKPUOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004484 carbachol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000023852 carbohydrate metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003196 chaotropic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003737 chromaffin cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012501 chromatography medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000016644 chronic atrophic gastritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000025302 chronic primary adrenal insufficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000011278 co-treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007822 coupling agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004163 cytometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001086 cytosolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001627 detrimental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940042399 direct acting antivirals protease inhibitors Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940088679 drug related substance Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003028 elevating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012149 elution buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008290 endocytic mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000012202 endocytosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940066758 endopeptidases Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003797 essential amino acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020776 essential amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003203 everyday effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WMWTYOKRWGGJOA-CENSZEJFSA-N fluticasone propionate Chemical compound C1([C@@H](F)C2)=CC(=O)C=C[C@]1(C)[C@]1(F)[C@@H]2[C@@H]2C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)SCF)(OC(=O)CC)[C@@]2(C)C[C@@H]1O WMWTYOKRWGGJOA-CENSZEJFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001650 focal adhesion Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940028334 follicle stimulating hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000285 follicular dendritic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001476 gene delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229930195712 glutamate Natural products 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003180 glutathione Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002175 goblet cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003163 gonadal steroid hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001442 gonadorelin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000035474 group of disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000122 growth hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003306 harvesting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002949 hemolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000833 heterodimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000013632 homeostatic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000010066 hyperandrogenism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031424 hyperprolactinemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000642 iatrogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001506 immunosuppresive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000028709 inflammatory response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108010067325 influenza virus hemagglutinin fusogenic peptide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002198 insoluble material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003914 insulin secretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000021995 interleukin-8 production Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035987 intoxication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000566 intoxication Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000007917 intracranial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004317 lacrimation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005015 local anesthetics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940040129 luteinizing hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002751 lymph Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960000274 lysozyme Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004325 lysozyme Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010335 lysozyme Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108010082117 matrigel Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000035800 maturation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 125000001360 methionine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000007758 minimum essential medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003032 molecular docking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004784 molecular pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000877 morphologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002161 motor neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940126619 mouse monoclonal antibody Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000472 muscarinic agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010028417 myasthenia gravis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004898 n-terminal fragment Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007922 nasal spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940097496 nasal spray Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000006351 negative regulation of hormone secretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001613 neoplastic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001640 nerve ending Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000955 neuroendocrine Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008284 neuronal mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000004235 neutropenia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 231100000065 noncytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002020 noncytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002700 octreotide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000005737 orchitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000000963 osteoblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000002865 osteopetrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000496 pancreas Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000849 parathyroid Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000052769 pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007170 pathology Effects 0.000 description 1
- ACNHBCIZLNNLRS-UBGQALKQSA-N paxilline Chemical compound N1C2=CC=CC=C2C2=C1[C@]1(C)[C@@]3(C)CC[C@@H]4O[C@H](C(C)(O)C)C(=O)C=C4[C@]3(O)CC[C@H]1C2 ACNHBCIZLNNLRS-UBGQALKQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000001976 pemphigus vulgaris Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007030 peptide scission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001428 peripheral nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001539 phagocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008024 pharmaceutical diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004633 phorbol derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002644 phorbol ester Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010118 platelet activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000010065 polycystic ovary syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000005987 polymyositis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002203 pretreatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940097325 prolactin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108060006633 protein kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000022558 protein metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000654 protein toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002797 proteolythic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940044601 receptor agonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000018 receptor agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004161 regulation of exocytosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003488 releasing hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002345 respiratory system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000004124 rheumatic heart disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000011435 rock Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012266 salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000580 secretagogue effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001953 sensory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035938 sexual maturation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000014639 sexual reproduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000013220 shortness of breath Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007873 sieving Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001542 size-exclusion chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- NHXLMOGPVYXJNR-ATOGVRKGSA-N somatostatin Chemical class C([C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N1)[C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](C)N)C(O)=O)=O)[C@H](O)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 NHXLMOGPVYXJNR-ATOGVRKGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940075620 somatostatin analogue Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003019 stabilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008174 sterile solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012089 stop solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035900 sweating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002504 synaptic vesicle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001550 testis Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- ZRKFYGHZFMAOKI-QMGMOQQFSA-N tgfbeta Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCSC)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ZRKFYGHZFMAOKI-QMGMOQQFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 1
- 229960004072 thrombin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001541 thymus gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000013077 thyroid gland carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940034199 thyrotropin-releasing hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000035160 transmembrane proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091005703 transmembrane proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000005199 ultracentrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003954 umbilical cord Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000009827 uniform distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003556 vascular endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003442 weekly effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011592 zinc chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000005074 zinc chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- JIAARYAFYJHUJI-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc dichloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Zn+2] JIAARYAFYJHUJI-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
- C12N9/00—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Compositions thereof; Processes for preparing, activating, inhibiting, separating or purifying enzymes
- C12N9/14—Hydrolases (3)
- C12N9/48—Hydrolases (3) acting on peptide bonds (3.4)
- C12N9/50—Proteinases, e.g. Endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.25)
- C12N9/52—Proteinases, e.g. Endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.25) derived from bacteria or Archaea
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/17—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
- A61K38/18—Growth factors; Growth regulators
- A61K38/1808—Epidermal growth factor [EGF] urogastrone
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
- A61K38/16—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/43—Enzymes; Proenzymes; Derivatives thereof
- A61K38/46—Hydrolases (3)
- A61K38/48—Hydrolases (3) acting on peptide bonds (3.4)
- A61K38/4886—Metalloendopeptidases (3.4.24), e.g. collagenase
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/62—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being a protein, peptide or polyamino acid
- A61K47/64—Drug-peptide, drug-protein or drug-polyamino acid conjugates, i.e. the modifying agent being a peptide, protein or polyamino acid which is covalently bonded or complexed to a therapeutically active agent
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
- A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/12—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from bacteria
- C07K16/1267—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from bacteria from Gram-positive bacteria
- C07K16/1282—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from bacteria from Gram-positive bacteria from Clostridium (G)
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2319/00—Fusion polypeptide
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
- C12Y—ENZYMES
- C12Y304/00—Hydrolases acting on peptide bonds, i.e. peptidases (3.4)
- C12Y304/24—Metalloendopeptidases (3.4.24)
- C12Y304/24069—Bontoxilysin (3.4.24.69), i.e. botulinum neurotoxin
Definitions
- the present invention relates to treatment of disease by inhibition of cellular secretory processes, to agents and compositions therefor, and to manufacture of those agents and compositions.
- the present invention relates particularly, to treatment of diseases dependent upon the exocytotic activity of endocrine cells, exocrine cells, inflammatory cells, cells of the immune system, cells of the cardiovascular system and bone cells.
- Exocytosis is the fusion of secretory vesicles with the plasma membrane and results in the discharge of vesicle content—a process also known as cell secretion. Exocytosis can be constitutive or regulated. Constitutive exocytosis is thought to occur in every cell type whereas regulated exocytosis occurs from specialised cells.
- SNARE protein families have been identified for exocytosis: SNAP-25 and SNAP-23, and syntaxins are the t-SNARE families in the membrane; and VAMPs (vesicle-associated membrane protein), including synaptobrevin and cellubrevin, are the v-SNARE family on secretory vesicles.
- SNARES vesicle-associated membrane protein
- SNARES secretory vesicles
- the clostridial neurotoxins are proteins with molecular masses of the order of 150 kDa. They are produced by various species of the genus Clostridium , most importantly C. tetani and several strains of C. botulinum . There are at present eight different classes of the neurotoxins known: tetanus toxin and botulinum neurotoxin in its serotypes A, B, C 1 , D, E, F and G, and they all share similar structures and modes of action.
- the clostridial neurotoxins are synthesized by the bacterium as a single polypeptide that is modified post-translationally to form two polypeptide chains joined together by a disulphide bond.
- the two chains are termed the heavy chain (H) which has a molecular mass of approximately 100 kDa and the light chain (LC) which has a molecular mass of approximately 50 kDa.
- the clostridial neurotoxins are highly selective for neuronal cells, and bind with high affinity thereto [see Black, J. D. and Dolly, J. O. (1987) Selective location of acceptors for BoNT/A in the central and peripheral nervous systems. Neuroscience, 23, pp. 767-779; Habermann, E. and Dreyer, F. (1986) Clostridial neurotoxins:handling and action at the cellular and molecular level. Curr. Top. Microbiol. Immunol. 129, pp. 93-179; and Sugiyama, H. (1980) Clostridium botulinum neurotoxin. Microbiol. Rev., 44, pp. 419-448 (and internally cited references)].
- the functional requirements of neurointoxication by the clostridial neurotoxins can be assigned to specific domains within the neurotoxin structure.
- the clostridial neurotoxins bind to an acceptor site on the cell membrane of the motor neuron at the neuromuscular junction and, following binding to the highly specific receptor, are internalised by an endocytotic mechanism.
- the specific neuromuscular junction binding activity of clostridial neurotoxins is known to reside in the carboxy-terminal portion of the heavy chain component of the dichain neurotoxin molecule, a region known as H C .
- the internalised clostridial neurotoxins possess a highly specific zinc-dependent endopeptidase activity that hydrolyses a specific peptide bond in at least one of three protein families, synaptobrevin, syntaxin or SNAP-25, which are crucial components of the neurosecretory machinery.
- the zinc-dependent endopeptidase activity of clostridial neurotoxins is found to reside in the L-chain (LC).
- the amino-terminal portion of the heavy chain component of the dichain neurotoxin molecule is responsible for translocation of the neurotoxin, or a portion of it containing the endopeptidase activity, across the endosomal membrane following internalisation, thus allowing access of the endopeptidase to the neuronal cytosol and its substrate protein(s).
- the result of neurointoxication is inhibition of neurotransmitter release from the target neuron due to prevention of release of synaptic vesicle contents.
- H N domain effects translocation of the endopeptidase into the neuronal cytosol is not fully characterised but is believed to involve a conformational change, insertion into the endosomal membrane and formation of some form of channel or pore through which the endopeptidase can gain access to the neuronal cytosol.
- pharmacological and morphologic evidence indicate that the clostridial neurotoxins enter the cell by endocytosis [Black & Dolly (1986) J. Cell Biol. 103, 535-44] and then have to pass through a low pH step for neuron intoxication to occur [Simpson et al (1994) J. Pharmacol Exp.
- H N domain forms a transmembrane hydrophobic pore across the acidic vesicle membrane that allows the partially unfolded LC passage through to the cytosol.
- the requisite conformational change is believed to be triggered by environmental factors in the neuronal endosomal compartment into which the neurotoxin is internalised, and a necessary feature of the binding domain of the H C is to target binding sites which enable internalisation into the appropriate endosomal compartment. Therefore clostridial neurotoxins have evolved to target cell surface moieties that fulfil this requirement.
- Hormones are chemical messengers that are secreted by the endocrine glands of the body. They exercise specific physiological actions on other organs to which they are carried by the blood.
- the range of processes regulated by hormones includes various aspects of homeostasis (e.g. insulin regulates the concentration of glucose in the blood), growth (e.g. growth hormone promotes growth and regulates fat, carbohydrate and protein metabolism), and maturation (e.g. sex hormones promote sexual maturation and reproduction).
- Endocrine hyperfunction results in disease conditions which are caused by excessive amounts of a hormone or hormones in the bloodstream. The causes of hyperfunction are classified as neoplastic, autoimmune, iatrogenic and inflammatory.
- the endocrine hyperfunction disorders are a complex group of diseases, not only because there is a large number of glands that can cause a pathology (e.g. anterior pituitary, posterior pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid, adrenal cortex, adrenal medulla, pancreas, ovaries, testis) but because many of the glands produce more than one hormone (e.g. the anterior pituitary produces corticotrophin, prolactin, luteinizing hormone, follicle stimulating hormone, thyroid stimulating hormone and gonadotrophins).
- the majority of disorders that cause hormone excess are due to neoplastic growth of hormone producing cells.
- certain tumours of non-endocrine origin can synthesise hormones causing endocrine hyperfunction disease symptoms.
- the hormone production under these conditions is termed “ectopic”. Surgical removal or radiation induced destruction of part or all of the hypersecreting tissue is frequently the treatment of choice. However, these approaches are not always applicable, result in complete loss of hormone production or have to be repeated due to re-growth of the secreting tissue.
- MEN multiple endocrine neoplasia
- the multiple endocrine neoplasia syndromes (MEN1 and MEN2) are familial conditions with an autosomal dominant pattern of inheritance.
- MEN1 is characterised by the association of parathyroid hyperplasia, pancreatic endocrine tumours, and pituitary adenomas, and has a prevalence of about 1 in 10000.
- MEN2 is the association of medullary cell carcinoma of the thyroid and phaeochromocytoma, though parathyroid hyperplasia may also occur in some sufferers.
- MEN1 Most of the morbidity associated with MEN1 is due to the effects of pancreatic endocrine tumours. Often surgery is not possible and the therapeutic aim is to reduce hormone excess. Aside from reducing tumour bulk, which is often precluded, inhibition of hormone secretion is the preferred course of action. Current procedures include subcutaneous application of the somatostatin analogue, octreotide. However, this approach is only temporarily effective, and the success diminishes over a period of months.
- botulinum neurotoxins The activity of the botulinum neurotoxins is exclusively restricted to inhibition of neurotransmitter release from neurons. This is due to the exclusive expression of high affinity binding sites for clostridial neurotoxins on neuronal cells [see Daniels-Holgate, P. U. and Dolly, J. O. (1996) Productive and non-productive binding of botulinum neurotoxin to motor nerve endings are distinguished by its heavy chain. J. Neurosci. Res. 44, 263-271].
- Non-neuronal cells do not possess the high affinity binding sites for clostridial neurotoxins, and are therefore refractory to the inhibitory effects of exogenously applied neurotoxin. Simple application of clostridial neurotoxins to the surface of non-neuronal cells does not therefore lead to inhibition of secretory vesicle exocytosis.
- the productive binding or lack of productive binding of clostridial neurotoxins thereby defines neuronal and non-neuronal cells respectively.
- hybrid clostridial neurotoxins endopeptidases can be prepared and that these hybrids effectively inhibit release of neurotransmitters from neuronal cells to which they are targeted, such as pain transmitting neurons.
- WO96/33273 describes the activity of hybrids only in neuronal systems where neuronal mechanisms of internalisation and vesicular routing are operational.
- Non-neuronal cells are, however, refractory to the effects of clostridial neurotoxins, since simple application of clostridial neurotoxins to the surface of non-neuronal cells does not lead to inhibition of secretory vesicle exocytosis. This insensitivity of non-neuronal cells to clostridial neurotoxins may be due to absence of the requisite receptor, absence of the correct internalisation & intracellular routing mechanism, or additional factors that are not yet understood.
- WO95/17904 describes the use of C. botulinum holotoxin in the treatment of various disorders such as excessive sweating, lacrimation and mucus secretion, and pain.
- WO95/17904 describes treatment by targeting neuronal cells
- the present invention is based upon the use of a composition which inhibits the exocytotic machinery in neuronal cells and which surprisingly has been found to be effective at inhibiting exocytotic processes in non-neuronal cells.
- a first aspect of the invention thus provides a method of inhibiting secretion from a non-neuronal cell comprising administering an agent comprising at least first and second domains, wherein the first domain cleaves one or more proteins essential to exocytosis and the second domain translocates the first domain into the cell.
- the invention provides for inhibition of non-neuronal secretion and enables treatment of disease caused, exacerbated or maintained by such secretion.
- An agent for use in the invention is suitably prepared by replacement of the cell-binding H C domain of a clostridial neurotoxin with a ligand capable of binding to the surface of non-neuronal cells.
- this agent is capable of inhibiting the exocytosis of a variety of secreted substances from non-neuronal cells.
- the Targeting Moiety TM
- an agent is produced that binds to a binding site (BS) on the surface of the relevant non-neuronal secretory cells.
- a further surprising aspect of the present invention is that if the L-chain of a clostridial neurotoxin, or a fragment, variant or derivative of the L-chain containing the endopeptidase activity, is covalently linked to a TM which can also effect internalisation of the L-chain, or a fragment of the endopeptidase activity, into the cytoplasm of a non-neuronal secretory cell, this also produces an agent capable of inhibiting secretion.
- the present invention overcomes the insusceptibility of non-neuronal cells to the inhibitory effects of clostridial neurotoxins.
- an agent of the invention is a polypeptide comprising first and second domains, wherein said first domain cleaves one or more vesicle or plasma-membrane associated proteins essential to neuronal exocytosis and wherein said second domain translocates the polypeptide into the cell or translocates at least that portion responsible for the inhibition of exocytosis into the non-neuronal cell.
- the polypeptide can be derived from a neurotoxin in which case the polypeptide is typically free of clostridial neurotoxin and free of any clostridial neurotoxin precursor that can be converted into toxin by proteolytic action, being accordingly substantially non-toxic and suitable for therapeutic use.
- the invention may thus use polypeptides containing a domain equivalent to a clostridial toxin light chain and a domain providing the translocation function of the H N of a clostridial toxin heavy chain, whilst lacking the functional aspects of a clostridial toxin H C domain.
- the polypeptide is administered in vivo to a patient, the first domain is translocated into a non-neuronal cell by action of the second domain and cleaves one or more vesicle or plasma-membrane associated proteins essential to the specific cellular process of exocytosis, and cleavage of these proteins results in inhibition of exocytosis, thereby resulting in inhibition of secretion, typically in a non-cytotoxic manner.
- the polypeptide of the invention may be obtained by expression of a recombinant nucleic acid, preferably a DNA, and can be a single polypeptide, that is to say not cleaved into separate light and heavy chain domains or two polypeptides linked for example by a disulphide bond.
- the first domain preferably comprises a clostridial toxin light chain or a functional fragment or variant of a clostridial toxin light chain.
- the fragment is optionally an N-terminal, or C-terminal fragment of the light chain, or is an internal fragment, so long as it substantially retains the ability to cleave the vesicle or plasma-membrane associated protein essential to exocytosis.
- the minimal domains necessary for the activity of the light chain of clostridial toxins are described in J. Biol. Chem., Vol. 267, No. 21, July 1992, pages 14721-14729.
- the variant has a different peptide sequence from the light chain or from the fragment, though it too is capable of cleaving the vesicle or plasma-membrane associated protein. It is conveniently obtained by insertion, deletion and/or substitution of a light chain or fragment thereof.
- a variety of variants are possible, including (i) an N-terminal extension to a clostridial toxin light chain or fragment (ii) a clostridial toxin light chain or fragment modified by alteration of at least one amino acid (iii) a C-terminal extension to a clostridial toxin light chain or fragment, or (iv) combinations of 2 or more of (i)-(iii).
- the variant contains an amino acid sequence modified so that (a) there is no protease sensitive region between the LC and H N components of the polypeptide, or (b) the protease sensitive region is specific for a particular protease.
- This latter embodiment is of use if it is desired to activate the endopeptidase activity of the light chain in a particular environment or cell, though, in general, the polypeptides of the invention are in an active form prior to administration.
- the first domain preferably exhibits endopeptidase activity specific for a substrate selected from one or more of SNAP-25, synaptobrevin/VAMP and syntaxin.
- the clostridial toxin from which this domain can be obtained or derived is preferably botulinum toxin or tetanus toxin.
- the polypeptide can further comprise a light chain or fragment or variant of one toxin type and a heavy chain or fragment or variant of another toxin type.
- the second domain preferably comprises a clostridial toxin heavy chain H N portion or a fragment or variant of a clostridial toxin heavy chain H N portion.
- the fragment is optionally an N-terminal or C-terminal or internal fragment, so long as it retains the function of the H N domain. Teachings of regions within the H N responsible for its function are provided for example in Biochemistry 1995, 34, pages 15175-15181 and Eur. J. Biochem, 1989, 185, pages 197-203.
- the variant has a different sequence from the H N domain or fragment, though it too retains the function of the H N domain.
- H N domain or fragment It is conveniently obtained by insertion, deletion and/or substitution of a H N domain or fragment thereof, and examples of variants include (i) an N-terminal extension to a H N domain or fragment, (ii) a C-terminal extension to a H N domain or fragment, (iii) a modification to a H N domain or fragment by alteration of at least one amino acid, or (iv) combinations of 2 or more of (i)-(iii).
- the clostridial toxin is preferably botulinum toxin or tetanus toxin.
- fusion proteins comprising a fusion of (a) a polypeptide of the invention as described above with (b) a second polypeptide adapted for binding to a chromatography matrix so as to enable purification of the fusion protein using said chromatography matrix.
- a fusion protein comprising a fusion of (a) a polypeptide of the invention as described above with (b) a second polypeptide adapted for binding to a chromatography matrix so as to enable purification of the fusion protein using said chromatography matrix.
- an affinity matrix such as glutathione Sepharose
- One second purification polypeptide is glutathione-S-transferase (GST), and others may be chosen so as to enable purification on a chromatography column according to conventional techniques.
- GST glutathione-S-transferase
- a method of inhibiting secretion from selected non-neuronal cells responsible for regulated secretion by administering an agent of the invention.
- a method of treatment of disease resulting, or caused or maintained by secretions from non-neuronal cells comprising administering an agent of the invention.
- agents of the invention targeted to non-neuronal cells responsible for secretion.
- an agent for the treatment of conditions resulting from hyperfunction of endocrine cells, for example endocrine neoplasia.
- an agent of the invention is used in the treatment of endocrine hyperfunction, to inhibit secretion of endocrine cell-derived chemical messengers.
- An advantage of the invention is that effective treatment of endocrine hyperfunction and associated disease states is now provided, offering relief to sufferers where hitherto there was none and no such agent available.
- a further advantage of the invention is that agents are made available which, in use, result in the inhibition of or decrease in hypersecretion of multiple hormones from a single endocrine gland.
- agents are made available which, in use, result in the inhibition of or decrease in hypersecretion of multiple hormones from a single endocrine gland.
- the multitude of disorders that result from hyperfunction of one gland e.g. the anterior pituitary
- the agent preferably comprises a ligand or targeting domain which binds to an endocrine cell, and is thus rendered specific for these cell types.
- suitable ligands include iodine; thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH); TSH receptor antibodies; antibodies to the islet-specific monosialo-ganglioside GM2-1; insulin, insulin-like growth factor and antibodies to the receptors of both; TSH releasing hormone (protirelin) and antibodies to its receptor; FSH/LH releasing hormone (gonadorelin) and antibodies to its receptor; corticotrophin releasing hormone (CRH) and antibodies to its receptor; and ACTH and antibodies to its receptor.
- an endocrine targeted agent may thus be suitable for the treatment of a disease selected from: endocrine neoplasia including MEN; thyrotoxicosis and other diseases dependent on hypersecretions from the thyroid; acromegaly, hyperprolactinaemia, Cushings disease and other diseases dependent on anterior pituitary hypersecretion; hyperandrogenism, chronic anovulation and other diseases associated with polycystic ovarian syndrome.
- a disease selected from: endocrine neoplasia including MEN; thyrotoxicosis and other diseases dependent on hypersecretions from the thyroid; acromegaly, hyperprolactinaemia, Cushings disease and other diseases dependent on anterior pituitary hypersecretion; hyperandrogenism, chronic anovulation and other diseases associated with polycystic ovarian syndrome.
- an agent of the invention is used for the treatment of conditions resulting from secretions of inflammatory cells, for example allergies.
- Ligands suitable to target agent to these cells include (i) for mast cells, complement receptors in general, including C4 domain of the Fc IgE, and antibodies/ligands to the C3a/C4a-R complement receptor; (ii) for eosinophils, antibodies/ligands to the C3a/C4a-R complement receptor, anti VLA-4 monoclonal antibody, anti-IL5 receptor, antigens or antibodies reactive toward CR4 complement receptor; (iii) for macrophages and monocytes, macrophage stimulating factor, (iv) for macrophages, monocytes and neutrophils, bacterial LPS and yeast B-glucans which bind to CR3, (v) for neutrophils, antibody to OX42, an antigen associated with the iC3b complement receptor, or IL8; (vi) for fibroblasts, mannose 6-phosphate/insulin/insul
- the TM is a growth factor, preferably an epidermal growth factor (EGF), vascular endothelial growth factor, platelet-derived growth factor, keratinocyte growth factor, hepatocyte growth factor, transforming growth factor alpha, transforming growth factor beta.
- EGF epidermal growth factor
- vascular endothelial growth factor vascular endothelial growth factor
- platelet-derived growth factor keratinocyte growth factor
- hepatocyte growth factor transforming growth factor alpha
- transforming growth factor beta transforming growth factor
- the TM is a peptide or protein that binds to an inflammatory cell.
- a preferred example of such a TM is an integrin-binding protein.
- Integrins are obligate heterodimer transmembrane proteins containing two distinct chains a (alpha) and D (beta) subunits. In mammals, 19 alpha and 8 beta subunits have been characterised—see Humphries, M. J. (2000), Integrin structure. Biochem Soc Trans. 28: 311-339, which is herein incorporated by reference thereto. Integrin subunits span through the plasma membrane, and in general have very short cytoplasmic domains of about 40-70 amino acids. Outside the cell plasma membrane, the alpha and beta chains lie close together along a length of about 23 nm, the final 5 nm NH 2 -termini of each chain forming a ligand-binding region to which an agent of the present invention binds.
- Preferred integrin-binding proteins of the present invention comprise the amino sequence Arg-Gly-Asp (“RGD”), which binds to the above-described ligand-binding region—see Craig. D et al. (2004), Structural insights into how the MIDAS ion stabilizes integrin binding to an RGD peptide under force. Structure, vol. 12, pp 2049-2058, which is herein incorporated by reference thereto.
- RGD Arg-Gly-Asp
- the integrin-binding protein TMs of the present invention have an amino acid length of between 3 and 100, preferably between 3 and 50, more preferably between 5 and 25, and particularly preferably between 5 and 15 amino acid residues.
- the TMs of the present invention may form linear or cyclic structures.
- Preferred integrin-binding TMs of the present invention include actin, alpha-actinin, focal contact adhesion kinase, paxillin, talin, RACK1, collagen, laminin, fibrinogen, heparin, phytohaemagglutinin, fibronectin, vitronectin, VCAM-1, ICAM-1, ICAM-2 and serum protein.
- Many integrins recognise the triple Arg-Gly-Asp (RGD) peptide sequence (Ruoslahti, 1996). The RGD motif is found in over 100 proteins including fibronectin, tenascin, fibrinogen and vitronectin.
- RGD-integrin interaction is exploited as a conserved mechanism of cell entry by many pathogens including coxsackievirus (Roivaninen et al., 1991) and adenovirus (Mathias et al., 1994).
- integrin-binding TMs of the present invention include proteins selected from the following sequences: Arg-Gly-Asp-Phe-Val (SEQ ID NO:23); Arg-Gly-Asp- ⁇ D-Phe ⁇ - ⁇ N-methyl-Val ⁇ (SEQ ID NO:23); RGDFV (SEQ ID NO:23); RGDfNMeV (SEQ ID NO:23); GGRGDMFGA (SEQ ID NO:21); GGCRGDMFGCA (SEQ ID NO:22); GRGDSP (SEQ ID NO:26); GRGESP (SEQ ID NO:27); PLAEIDGIEL (SEQ ID NO:24 and CPLAEIDGIELC (SEQ ID NO:25).
- Diseases thus treatable according to the invention include diseases selected from allergies (seasonal allergic rhinitis (hay fever), allergic conjunctivitis, vasomotor rhinitis and food allergy), eosinophilia, asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, discoid lupus erythematosus, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, hemorrhoids, pruritus, glomerulonephritis, hepatitis, pancreatitis, gastritis, vasculitis, myocarditis, psoriasis, eczema, chronic radiation-induced fibrosis, lung scarring and other fibrotic disorders.
- allergies seasonal allergic rhinitis (hay fever), allergic conjunctivitis, vasomotor rhinitis and food allergy
- eosinophilia asthma, rheumatoid arthritis
- an agent according to the present invention when targeted to a B-lymphocyte and following internalisation and retrograde transport, may exert its inhibitory effect on such target cells.
- an agent of the invention for the treatment of conditions resulting from secretions of the exocrine cells, for example acute pancreatitis (Hansen et al, 1999, J. Biol. Chem. 274, 22871-22876).
- Ligands suitable to target agent to these cells include pituitary adenyl cyclase activating peptide (PACAP-38) or an antibody to its receptor.
- PACAP-38 pituitary adenyl cyclase activating peptide
- the present invention also concerns treatment of mucus hypersecretion from mucus-secreting cells located in the alimentary tract, in particular located in the colon.
- VAMP vesicle-associated membrane protein
- an agent of the invention is used for the treatment of conditions resulting from secretions of immunological cells, for example autoimmune disorders where B lymphocytes are to be targeted (immunosuppression).
- Ligands suitable to target agent to these cells include Epstein Barr virus fragment/surface feature or idiotypic antibody (binds to CR2 receptor on B-lymphocytes and lymph node follicular dendritic cells).
- Diseases treatable include myasthenia gravis, rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, discoid lupus erythematosus, organ transplant, tissue transplant, fluid transplant, Graves disease, thyrotoxicosis, autoimmune diabetes, hemolytic anaemia, thrombocytopenic purpura, neutropenia, chronic autoimmune hepatitis, autoimmune gastritis, pernicious anaemia, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Addison's disease, Sjogren's syndrome, primary biliary cirrhosis, polymyositis, scleroderma, systemic sclerosis, pemphigus vulgaris, bullous pemphigoid, myocarditis, rheumatic carditis, glomerulonephritis (Goodpasture type), uveitis, orchitis, ulcerative colitis, vasculitis, atrophic gastritis
- BoNT/C By using cell permeabilisation techniques it has been possible to internalise BoNT/C into eosinophils [see Pinxteren J A, et al (2000) Biochimie, April; 82(4):385-93 Thirty years of stimulus-secretion coupling: from Ca(2 + ) to GTP in the regulation of exocytosis]. Following internalisation, BoNT/C exerted an inhibitory effect on exocytosis in eosinophils. Thus, an agent according to the present invention, when targeted to an eosinophil and following internalisation and retrograde transport, may exert its inhibitory effect on such target cells.
- an agent for the treatment of conditions resulting from secretions of cells of the cardiovascular system.
- Suitable ligands for targeting platelets for the treatment of disease states involving inappropriate platelet activation and thrombus formation include thrombin and TRAP (thrombin receptor agonist peptide) or antibodies to CD31/PECAM-1, CD24 or CD106NCAM-1, and ligands for targeting cardiovascular endothelial cells for the treatment of hypertension include GP1b surface antigen recognising antibodies.
- an agent for the treatment of bone disorders.
- Suitable ligands for targeting osteoblasts for the treatment of a disease selected from osteopetrosis and osteoporosis include calcitonin, and for targeting an agent to osteoclasts include osteoclast differentiation factors (eg. TRANCE, or RANKL or OPGL), and an antibody to the receptor RANK.
- osteoclast differentiation factors eg. TRANCE, or RANKL or OPGL
- a Targeting moiety provides specificity for the BS on the relevant non-neuronal secretory cells.
- the TM component of the agent can comprise one of many cell binding molecules, including, but not limited to, antibodies, monoclonal antibodies, antibody fragments (Fab, F(ab)′ 2 , Fv, ScFv, etc.), lectins, hormones, cytokines, growth factors, peptides, carbohydrates, lipids, glycons, nucleic acids or complement components.
- the TM is selected in accordance with the desired cell-type to which the agent of the present invention is to be targeted, and preferably has a high specificity and/or affinity for non-neuronal target cells.
- the TM does not substantially bind to neuronal cells of the presynaptic muscular junction, and thus the agent is substantially non-toxic in that it is not capable of effecting muscular paralysis. This is in contrast to clostridial holotoxin which targets the presynaptic muscular junction and effects muscular paralysis.
- the TM does not substantially bind to neuronal peripheral sensory cells, and thus the agent does not exert any substantial analgesic effect.
- the TM does not substantially bind to neuronal cells, and does not therefore permit the agent to exert an inhibitory effect on secretion in a neuronal cell.
- the H C portion of the neurotoxin molecule can be removed from the other portion of the H-chain, known as H N , such that the H N fragment remains disulphide linked to the L-chain of the neurotoxin providing a fragment known as LH N .
- the LH N fragment of a clostridial neurotoxin is covalently linked, using linkages which may include one or more spacer regions, to a TM.
- the H C domain of a clostridial neurotoxin is mutated, blocked or modified, e.g. by chemical modification, to reduce or preferably incapacitate its ability to bind the neurotoxin to receptors at the neuromuscular junction.
- This modified clostridial neurotoxin is then covalently linked, using linkages which may include one or more spacer regions, to a TM.
- the heavy chain of a clostridial neurotoxin in which the H C domain is mutated, blocked or modified, e.g. by chemical modification, to reduce or preferably incapacitate its ability to bind the neurotoxin to receptors at the neuromuscular junction, is combined with the L-chain of a different clostridial neurotoxin.
- This hybrid, modified clostridial neurotoxin is then covalently linked, using linkages which may include one or more spacer regions, to a TM.
- the H N domain of a clostridial neurotoxin is combined with the L-chain of a different clostridial neurotoxin.
- This hybrid LH N is then covalently linked, using linkages which may include one or more spacer regions, to a TM.
- the light chain of a clostridial neurotoxin, or a fragment of the light chain containing the endopeptidase activity is covalently linked, using linkages which may include one or more spacer regions, to a TM which can also effect the internalisation of the L-chain, or a fragment of the L-chain containing the endopeptidase activity, into the cytoplasm of the relevant non-neuronal cells responsible for secretion.
- the light chain of a clostridial neurotoxin, or a fragment of the light chain containing the endopeptidase activity is covalently linked, using linkages which may include one or more spacer regions, to a translocation domain to effect transport of the endopeptidase fragment into the cytosol.
- linkages which may include one or more spacer regions
- Botulinum type B neurotoxin amino acid residues (441-858)
- Botulinum type C neurotoxin amino acid residues (442-866)
- Botulinum type D neurotoxin amino acid residues (446-862)
- Botulinum type E neurotoxin amino acid residues (423-845)
- Botulinum type F neurotoxin amino acid residues (440-864)
- Botulinum type G neurotoxin amino acid residues (442-863)
- non-clostridial sources may be employed in an agent according to the present invention.
- these include, for example, diphtheria toxin [London, E. (1992) Biochem. Biophys. Acta., 1112, pp. 25-51], Pseudomonas exotoxin A [Prior et al (1992) Biochem., 31, pp. 3555-3559], influenza virus haemagglutinin fusogenic peptides [Wagner et al (1992) PNAS, 89, pp. 7934-7938], and amphiphilic peptides [Murata et al (1992) Biochem., 31, pp. 1986-1992].
- the domains of an agent according to the present invention are associated with each other.
- two or more of the Domains may be joined together either directly (e.g. by a covalent linkage), or via a linker molecule.
- Conjugation techniques suitable for use in the present invention have been well documented:—Chemistry of protein conjugation and cross-linking. Edited by Wong, S. S. 1993, CRC Press Inc., Florida; and Bioconjugate techniques, Edited by Hermanson, G. T. 1996, Academic Press, London, UK.
- Domains E and T may be mixed together in equimolar quantities under reducing conditions and covalently coupled by repeated dialysis (e.g. at 4° C., with agitation), into physiological salt solution in the absence of reducing agents.
- dialysis e.g. at 4° C., with agitation
- the E-T complex is not blocked by iodoacetamide, therefore any remaining free —SH groups are retained.
- Domain B is then modified, for example, by derivatisation with SPDP followed by subsequent reduction.
- SPDP does not remain attached as a spacer molecule to Domain B, but simply increases the efficiency of this reduction reaction.
- Reduced domain B and the E-T complex may then be mixed under non-reducing conditions (e.g. at 4° C.) to form a disulphide-linked E-T-B “agent”.
- a coupled E-T complex may be prepared according to Example 6 of WO94/21300, including the addition of iodoacetamide to block free sulphydryl groups.
- the E-T complex is not further derivatised, and the remaining chemistry makes use of the free amino (—NH 2 ) groups on amino acid side chains (e.g. lysine, and arginine amino acids).
- Domain B may be derivatised using carbodiimide chemistry (e.g. using EDC) to activate carboxyl groups on amino acid side chains (e.g. glutamate, and aspartate amino acids), and the E-T complex mixed with the derivatised Domain B to result in a covalently coupled (amide bond) E-T-B complex.
- carbodiimide chemistry e.g. using EDC
- carboxyl groups on amino acid side chains e.g. glutamate, and aspartate amino acids
- Suitable methodology for the creation of such an agent is, for example, as follows:—
- Domain B was dialysed into MES buffer (0.1 M MES, 0.1 M sodium chloride, pH 5.0) to a final concentration of 0.5 mg/ml.
- EDAC 1-ethyl-3-[3-dimethylaminopropyl]carbodiimide hydrochloride
- EDAC was added to final concentrations of 0.2 mg/ml and reacted for 30 min at room temperature.
- Excess EDAC was removed by desalting over a MES buffer equilibrated PD-10 column (Pharmacia).
- the derivatised domain B was concentrated (to >2 mg/ml) using Millipore Biomax 10 concentrators.
- the E-T complex (1 mg/ml) was mixed for 16 hours at 4° C., and the E-T-B complex purified by size-exclusion chromatography over a Superose 12 HR10/30 column (Pharmacia) to remove unreacted Domain B (column buffer: 50 mM sodium phosphate pH6.5+20 mM NaCl).
- spacer molecules may be employed as an alternative to direct covalent linkage of the various Domains of an agent according to the present invention.
- linker molecule is used synonymously with spacer molecule. Spacer technology was readily available prior to the present application.
- Example 6 For example, one particular coupling agent (SPDP) is described in Example 6 of WO94/21300 (see lines 3-5 on page 16).
- SPDP is linked to an E-T complex, thereby providing an E-T complex including a linker molecule. This complex is then reacted a Domain B, which becomes attached to the E-T complex via the linker molecule.
- SPDP results in a spacing region of approximately 6.8 Angstroms between different Domains of the “agent” of the present invention.
- LC-SPDP A variant of SPDP known as LC-SPDP is identical in all respects to SPDP but for an increased chain length.
- LC-SPDP may be used to covalently link two Domains of the “agent” of the present invention resulting in a 15.6 Angstrom spacing between these Domains.
- spacer molecules include, but are not limited to:—
- an agent having the structure E-X-T-X-B, where “X” is a spacer molecule between each domain may be prepared, for example, as follows:—
- Domain T is similarly prepared, but subsequently reduced with 10 mM dithiothreitol (DTT).
- DTT dithiothreitol
- the agents according to the present invention may be prepared recombinantly.
- the preparation of a recombinant agent may involve arrangement of the coding sequences of the selected TM and clostridial neurotoxin component in a single genetic construct. These coding sequences may be arranged in-frame so that subsequent transcription and translation is continuous through both coding sequences and results in a fusion protein. All constructs would have a 5′ ATG codon to encode an N-terminal methionine, and a C-terminal translational stop codon.
- a the light chain of a clostridial neurotoxin may be expressed recombinantly as a fusion protein with a TM which can also effect the internalisation of the L-chain (or a fragment thereof) into the cytoplasm of the relevant non-neuronal cells responsible for secretion.
- the expressed fusion protein may also include one or more spacer regions.
- Diphtheria toxin receptor binding domain substitution with interleukin-2 genetic construction and properties of a diphtheria toxin-related interleukin-2 fusion protein. Protein Eng; 1(6):493-8;
- Suitable clostridial neurotoxin sequence information relating to L- and LH N -chains may be obtained from, for example, Kurazono, H. (1992) J. Biol. Chem., vol. 267, No. 21, pp. 14721-14729; and Popoff, M. R., and Marvaud, J.-C. (1999) The Comprehensive Sourcebook of Bacterial Protein Toxins, 2nd edition (ed. Alouf, J. E., and Freer, J. H.), Academic Press, pp. 174-201.
- TM sequence data are widely available in the art.
- any necessary sequence data may be obtained by techniques which were well-known to the skilled person.
- DNA encoding the TM component may be cloned from a source organism by screening a cDNA library for the correct coding region (for example by using specific oligonucleotides based on the known sequence information to probe the library), isolating the TM DNA, sequencing this DNA for confirmation purposes, and then placing the isolated DNA in an appropriate expression vector for expression in the chosen host.
- the available sequence information may be employed to prepare specific primers for use in PCR, whereby the coding sequence is then amplified directly from the source material and, by suitable use of primers, may be cloned directly into an expression vector.
- DNA sequence data may be generated from existing protein and/or RNA sequence information.
- DNA synthesis technology to do this (and the alternative described above) enables the codon bias of the coding sequence to be modified to be optimal for the chosen expression host. This may give rise to superior expression levels of the fusion protein.
- Optimisation of the codon bias for the expression host may be applied to the DNA sequences encoding the TM and clostridial components of the construct.
- Optimisation of the codon bias is possible by application of the protein sequence into freely available DNA/protein database software, e.g. programs available from Genetics Computer Group, Inc.
- nucleic acid encoding the light chain of a clostridial neurotoxin may be associated with a TM which can also effect the internalisation of the nucleic acid encoding the L-chain (or a fragment thereof) into the cytoplasm of the relevant non-neuronal cells responsible for secretion.
- the nucleic acid sequence may be coupled to a translocation domain, and optionally to a targeting moiety, by for example direct covalent linkage or via spacer molecule technology. Ideally, the coding sequence will be expressed in the target cell.
- the agent of the present invention may be the expression product of a recombinant gene delivered independently to the preferred site of action of the agent.
- Gene delivery technologies are widely reported in the literature [reviewed in “Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews” Vol. 27, (1997), Elsevier Science Ireland Ltd].
- the present invention therefore provides a method of treating a condition or disease which is susceptible of treatment with a nucleic acid in a mammal e.g. a human which comprises administering to the sufferer an effective, non-toxic amount of a compound of the invention.
- a condition or disease which is susceptible of treatment with a nucleic acid may be for example a condition or disease which may be treated by or requiring gene therapy.
- the preferred conditions or diseases susceptible to treatment according to the present invention, together with the preferred TMs, have been described previously in this specification.
- the preferred first domains which cleave one or more proteins eg. SNAP-25, synaptobrevin and syntaxin
- the various domains of an agent for use in gene therapy may be directly linked (e.g. via a covalent bond) or indirectly linked (e.g. via a spacer molecule), as for example previously described in this specification.
- the invention further provides a compound of the invention for use as an active therapeutic substance, in particular for use in treating a condition or disease as set forth in the present claims.
- the invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising an agent or a conjugate of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- agent or conjugate will normally be employed in the form of a pharmaceutical composition in association with a human pharmaceutical carrier, diluent and/or excipient, although the exact form of the composition will depend on the mode of administration.
- the conjugate may, for example, be employed in the form of an aerosol or nebulisable solution for inhalation or a sterile solution for parenteral administration, intra-articular administration or intra-cranial administration.
- endocrine targets i.v. injection
- direct injection into gland, or aerosolisation for lung delivery are preferred
- inflammatory cell targets i.v. injection
- sub-cutaneous injection, or surface patch administration are preferred
- exocrine targets i.v. injection, or direct injection into the gland
- immunological targets i.v. injection, or injection into specific tissues e.g. thymus, bone marrow, or lymph tissue are preferred
- cardiovascular targets i.v. injection is preferred
- bone targets i.v. injection, or direct injection is preferred.
- the dosage ranges for administration of the compounds of the present invention are those to produce the desired therapeutic effect. It will be appreciated that the dosage range required depends on the precise nature of the conjugate, the route of administration, the nature of the formulation, the age of the patient, the nature, extent or severity of the patient's condition, contraindications, if any, and the judgement of the attending physician.
- Suitable daily dosages are in the range 0.0001-1 mg/kg, preferably 0.0001-0.5 mg/kg, more preferably 0.002-0.5 mg/kg, and particularly preferably 0.004-0.5 mg/kg.
- the unit dosage can vary from less that 1 microgram to 30 mg, but typically will be in the region of 0.01 to 1 mg per dose, which may be administered daily or less frequently, such as weekly or six monthly.
- Variations in these dosage levels can be adjusted using standard empirical routines for optimisation, as is well understood in the art.
- compositions suitable for injection may be in the form of solutions, suspensions or emulsions, or dry powders which are dissolved or suspended in a suitable vehicle prior to use.
- Fluid unit dosage forms are typically prepared utilising a pyrogen-free sterile vehicle.
- the active ingredients depending on the vehicle and concentration used, can be either dissolved or suspended in the vehicle.
- Solutions may be used for all forms of parenteral administration, and are particularly used for intravenous injection.
- the compound can be dissolved in the vehicle, the solution being made isotonic if necessary by addition of sodium chloride and sterilised by filtration through a sterile filter using aseptic techniques before filling into suitable sterile vials or ampoules and sealing.
- solution stability is adequate, the solution in its sealed containers may be sterilised by autoclaving.
- compositions such as buffering, solubilising, stabilising, preservative or bactericidal, suspending or emulsifying agents and/or local anaesthetic agents may be dissolved in the vehicle.
- Dry powders which are dissolved or suspended in a suitable vehicle prior to use may be prepared by filling pre-sterilised drug substance and other ingredients into a sterile container using aseptic technique in a sterile area.
- agent and other ingredients may be dissolved in an aqueous vehicle, the solution is sterilized by filtration and distributed into suitable containers using aseptic technique in a sterile area. The product is then freeze dried and the containers are sealed aseptically.
- Parenteral suspensions suitable for intramuscular, subcutaneous or intradermal injection, are prepared in substantially the same manner, except that the sterile compound is suspended in the sterile vehicle, instead of being dissolved and sterilisation cannot be accomplished by filtration.
- the compound may be isolated in a sterile state or alternatively it may be sterilised after isolation, e.g. by gamma irradiation.
- a suspending agent for example polyvinylpyrrolidone is included in the composition to facilitate uniform distribution of the compound.
- compositions suitable for administration via the respiratory tract include aerosols, nebulisable solutions or microfine powders for insufflation. In the latter case, particle size of less than 50 microns, especially less than 10 microns, is preferred. Such compositions may be made up in a conventional manner and employed in conjunction with conventional administration devices.
- the agent described in this invention can be used in vivo, either directly or as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, for the treatment of conditions involving secretion from non-neuronal cells, such as hypersecretion of endocrine cell derived chemical messengers, hypersecretion from exocrine cells, secretions from the cells of the immune system, the cardiovascular system and from bone cells.
- non-neuronal cells such as hypersecretion of endocrine cell derived chemical messengers, hypersecretion from exocrine cells, secretions from the cells of the immune system, the cardiovascular system and from bone cells.
- FIG. 1 shows SDS-PAGE analysis of WGA-LH N /A purification scheme
- FIG. 2 shows activity of WGA-LH N /A on release of transmitter from HIT-T15 cells
- FIG. 3 shows correlation of SNAP-25 cleavage with inhibition of neurotransmitter release following application of WGA-LH N /A to HIT-T15 cells;
- FIG. 4 shows activity of WGA-LH N /A on release of [ 3 H]-noradrenaline from undifferentiated PC12 cells
- FIG. 5 shows a Western blot indicating expression of recLH N /B in E. coli
- FIG. 6 shows in vitro cleavage of synthetic VAMP peptide by recLH N /B
- FIG. 7 shows the effect of low pH and BoNT/B treatment on stimulated von Willebrands Factor (vWF) release from human umbilical vein endothelial cells
- FIG. 8 shows release of [ 3 H]-glucosamine labelled high molecular weight material from LS180 cells
- FIG. 9 shows the effect of low pH and BoNT/B treatment on stimulated .beta.-glucuronidase release from differentiated HL60 cells
- FIG. 10 shows purification of a LHN/C-EGF fusion protein
- FIG. 11 shows purification of a LHN/B-EGF fusion protein
- FIG. 12 shows purification of a LHN/C-RGD fusion protein
- FIG. 13 shows purification of a LHN/C-cyclic RGD fusion protein
- FIG. 14 shows purification of a LC/C-RGD-HN/C fusion protein
- FIG. 15 shows VAMP cleavage activity of LHN/B-EGF
- FIG. 16 shows effect of 10 nm Syntaxin compounds con LPS-mediated IL-8 secretion by THP-1 cells
- FIG. 17 shows effect of 10 nm Syntaxin compounds con LPS-mediated IL-10 secretion by RPMI-8226 cells
- FIG. 18 shows effect of EGF and fusions on IL-8 production and on LPS-stimulated IL-8 secretion
- FIG. 19 shows effect of EGF and fusions on IP-10 production and on PHA-stimulated IP-10 secretion.
- FIGS. 5-19 are now described in more detail.
- MBP-LH N /B was expressed in E. coli as described in Example 4.
- Lane 1 represents the profile of the expressed fusion protein in E. coli .
- Lane 2 represents the profile of fusion protein expression in the crude E. coli lysate.
- Lane 3 represents the profile of the MBP-LH N /B following purification by immobilised amylose. Molecular weights in kDa are indicated to the right side of the Figure.
- high molecular weight mucin synthesising colon carcinoma LS180 cells were treated with pH 4.7 medium and pH 4.7 medium containing 500 nM botulinum neurotoxin type B (BoNT/B) for four hours then labelled with [ 3 H]-glucosamine for 18 hours.
- Release of high molecular weight material was stimulated with 10 ⁇ M ionomycin and [ 3 H]-glucosamine labelled material recovered by ultracentrifugation and centrifugal molecular weight sieving. Radiolabel of release of labelled high molecular weight material was determined by scintillation counting and net stimulated release calculated by subtracting non-stimulated basal values.
- a LHN/C-EGF fusion protein was purified from E. coli BL21 cells. Briefly, the soluble products obtained following cell disruption were applied to a nickel-charged affinity capture column. Bound proteins were eluted with 100 mM imidazole, treated with Factor Xa to activate the fusion protein and remove the maltose-binding protein (MBP) tag, then re-applied to a second nickel-charged affinity capture column. Samples from the purification procedure were assessed by SDS-PAGE.
- Lane 1 & 6 Molecular mass markers (kDa)
- lane 2 Clarified crude cell lysate
- lane 3 First nickel chelating Sepharose column eluant
- lane 4 Factor Xa digested protein
- lane 5 Purified LHN/C-EGF under non-reducing conditions
- lane 7 Purified LHN/C-EGF under reduced conditions.
- a LHN/B-EGF fusion protein was purified from E. coli BL21 cells. Briefly, the soluble products obtained following cell disruption were applied to a nickel-charged affinity capture column. Bound proteins were eluted with 100 mM imidazole, treated with Factor Xa and enterokinase to activate the fusion protein and remove the maltose-binding protein (MBP) tag, then re-applied to a second nickel-charged affinity capture column. Samples from the purification procedure were assessed by SDS-PAGE. The final purified material in the absence and presence of reducing agent is identified in the lanes marked [ ⁇ ] and [+] respectively.
- MBP maltose-binding protein
- a LHN/C-RGD fusion protein was purified from E. coli BL21 cells. Briefly, the soluble products obtained following cell disruption were applied to a nickel-charged affinity capture column. Bound proteins were eluted with 100 mM imidazole, treated with Factor Xa to activate the fusion protein and remove the maltose-binding protein (MBP) tag, then re-applied to a second nickel-charged affinity capture column. Samples from the purification procedure were assessed by SDS-PAGE. The final purified material in the absence and presence of reducing agent is identified in the lanes marked [ ⁇ ] and [+] respectively.
- MBP maltose-binding protein
- Example 14 using the methodology outlined in Example 14, a LHN/C-cyclic RGD fusion protein was purified from E. coli BL21 cells. Briefly, the soluble products obtained following cell disruption were applied to a nickel-charged affinity capture column. Bound proteins were eluted with 100 mM imidazole, treated with Factor Xa to activate the fusion protein and remove the maltose-binding protein (MBP) tag, then re-applied to a second nickel-charged affinity capture column. Samples from the purification procedure were assessed by SDS-PAGE. The final purified material in the absence and presence of reducing agent is identified in the lanes marked [ ⁇ ] and [+] respectively.
- MBP maltose-binding protein
- LC/C-RGD-HN/C fusion protein was purified from E. coli BL21 cells. Briefly, the soluble products obtained following cell disruption were applied to a nickel-charged affinity capture column. Bound proteins were eluted with 100 mM imidazole, treated with Factor Xa to activate the fusion protein and remove the maltose-binding protein (MBP) tag, then re-applied to a second nickel-charged affinity capture column. Samples from the purification procedure were assessed by SDS-PAGE. The final purified material in the absence and presence of reducing agent is identified in the lanes marked [ ⁇ ] and [+] respectively.
- MBP maltose-binding protein
- BoNT/B ( ⁇ ), LHN/B ( ⁇ ) and LHN/B-EGF ( ⁇ ) were assayed for VAMP cleavage activity.
- EGF-LHN/C(SXN100501) and EGF-LHN/B (SXN100328) was assessed in THP-1 immune cells.
- the quantity of secreted IL-8 was determined by Luminex-based technology. Data are presented as % of LPS control.
- EGF-LHN/C SXN100501
- EGF-LHN/B SXN100328
- the quantity of secreted IL-10 was determined by Luminex-based technology. Data are presented as % of LPS control.
- EGF-LHN/C SXN100501
- EGF-LHN/B SXN100328
- CP-RGD-LHN/C SXN100221
- the quantity of secreted IL-8 was determined by Luminex-based technology. Data are presented as % of LPS control.
- EGF-LHN/C SXN100501
- EGF-LHN/B SXN100328
- CP-RGD-LHN/C SXN100221
- the quantity of secreted IP-10 was determined by Luminex-based technology. Data are presented as % of PHA control.
- Lectin from Triticum vulgaris was obtained from Sigma Ltd.
- SPDP was from Pierce Chemical Co.
- PD-10 desalting columns were from Pharmacia.
- DMSO Dimethylsulphoxide
- Denaturing sodium dodecylsulphate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE) and non-denaturing polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis was performed using gels and reagents from Novex.
- LH N /A was prepared according to a previous method (Shone, C. C. and Tranter, H. S. (1995) in “Clostridial Neurotoxins—The molecular pathogenesis of tetanus and botulism”, (Montecucco, C., Ed.), pp. 152-160, Springer).
- FPLC chromatography media and columns were obtained from Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, UK.
- Affi-gel® Hz matrix and materials were from BioRad, UK.
- These antibodies represent a source of BoNT/A H C -specific binding molecules and can be immobilised to a matrix or used free in solution to bind BoNT/A. In the presence of partially purified LH N /A (which has no H C domain) these antibodies will only bind to BoNT/A.
- the antibodies 5BA2.3 & 5BA9.3 were pooled in a 3:1 ratio and two mg of the pooled antibody was oxidised by the addition of sodium periodate (final concentration of 0.2%) prior coupling to 1 ml Affi-Gel HzTM gel (16 hours at room temperature). Coupling efficiencies were routinely greater than 65%.
- the matrix was stored at 4° C. in the presence of 0.02% sodium azide.
- BoNT/A was treated with 17 .mu.g trypsin per mg BoNT/A for a period of 72-120 hours. After this time no material of 150 kDa was observed by SDS-PAGE and Coomassie blue staining.
- the trypsin digested sample was chromatographed (FPLC system, Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) on a Mono Q column (HR5/5) to remove trypsin and separate the majority of BoNT/A from LH N /A.
- the crude sample was loaded onto the column at pH 7 in 20 mM HEPES, 50 mM NaCl and 2 ml LH N /A fractions eluted in a NaCl gradient from 50 mM to 150 mM.
- the semi-purified LH N /A mixture was applied and reapplied at least 3 times to a 1-2 ml immobilised monoclonal antibody matrix at 20° C. After a total of 3 hours in contact with the immobilised antibodies, the LH N /A-enriched supernatant was removed. Entrapment of the BoNT/A contaminant, rather than specifically binding the LH N /A, enables the elution conditions to be maintained at the optimum for LH N stability. The use of harsh elution conditions e.g. low pH, high salt, chaotropic ions, which may have detrimental effects on LH N polypeptide folding and enzymatic activity, are therefore avoided. Treatment of the immobilised antibody column with 0.2M glycine/HCl pH2.5 resulted in regeneration of the column and elution of BoNT/A-reactive proteins of 150 kDa.
- the LH N /A enriched sample was then applied 2 times to a 1 ml HiTrapTM Protein G column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) at 20° C. Protein G was selected since it has a high affinity for mouse monoclonal antibodies. This step was included to remove BoNT/A-antibody complexes that may leach from the immunocolumn. Antibody species bind to the Protein G matrix allowing purified LH N /A to elute, essentially by the method of Shone C. C., Hambleton, P., and Melling, J. 1987, Eur. J. Biochem. 167, 175-180, and as described in PCT/GB00/03519.
- the lyophilised lectin was rehydrated in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) to a final concentration of 10 mg/ml. Aliquots of this solution were stored at ⁇ 20° C. until use.
- PBS phosphate buffered saline
- the WGA was reacted with an equal concentration of SPDP by the addition of a 10 mM stock solution of SPDP in DMSO with mixing. After one hour at room temperature the reaction was terminated by desalting into PBS over a PD-10 column.
- the thiopyridone leaving group was removed from the product to release a free —SH group by reduction with dithiothreitol (DTT; 5 mM; 30 min).
- DTT dithiothreitol
- the thiopyridone and DTT were removed by once again desalting into PBS over a PD-10 column.
- the LH N /A was desalted into PBSE (PBS containing 1 mM EDTA).
- PBSE PBS containing 1 mM EDTA
- the resulting solution (0.5-1.0 mg/ml) was reacted with a four-fold molar excess of SPDP by addition of a 10 mM stock solution of SPDP in DMSO. After 3 h at room temperature the reaction was terminated by desalting over a PD-10 column into PBSE.
- the bulk of the derivatized LH N /A and the derivatized WGA were mixed in proportions such that the WGA was in greater than three-fold molar excess.
- the conjugation reaction was allowed to proceed for >16 h at 4° C.
- the product mixture was centrifuged to clear any precipitate that had developed.
- the supernatant was concentrated by centrifugation through concentrators (with 10000 molecular weight exclusion limit) before application to a Superose 12 column on an FPLC chromatography system (Pharmacia).
- the column was eluted with PBS and the elution profile followed at 280 nm.
- WGA-LH N /A conjugate was eluted from the column by the addition of 0.3M N-acetylglucosamine (in PBS) and the elution profile followed at 280 nm. See FIG. 1 for SDS-PAGE profile of the whole purification scheme.
- fractions containing conjugate were pooled, dialysed against PBS, and stored at 4° C. until use.
- the hamster pancreatic B cell line HIT-T15 is an example of a cell line of endocrine origin. It thus represents a model cell line for the investigation of inhibition of release effects of the agents.
- HIT-T15 cells possess surface moieties that allow for the binding, and internalisation, of WGA-LH N /A.
- HIT-T15 cells lack suitable receptors for clostridial neurotoxins and are therefore not susceptible to botulinum neurotoxins (BoNTs).
- FIG. 2 illustrates the inhibition of release of insulin from HIT-T15 cells after prior incubation with WGA-LH N /A. It is clear that dose-dependent inhibition is observed, indicating that WGA-LH N /A can inhibit the release of insulin from an endocrine cell model.
- Insulin radioimmunoassay kits were obtained from Linco Research Inc., USA. Western blotting reagents were obtained from Novex.
- HIT-T15 cells were seeded onto 12 well plates and cultured in RPMI-1640 medium containing 5% foetal bovine serum, 2 mM L-glutamine for 5 days prior to use. WGA-LH N /A was applied for 4 hours on ice, the cells were washed to remove unbound WGA-LH N /A, and the release of insulin assayed 16 hours later. The release of insulin from HIT-T15 cells was assessed by radioimmunoassay exactly as indicated by the manufacturer's instructions.
- the rat pheochromocytoma PC12 cell line is an example of a cell line of neuroendocrine origin. In its undifferentiated form it has properties associated with the adrenal chromaffin cell [Greene and Tischler, in “Advances in Cellular Neurobiology” (Federoff and Hertz, eds), Vol. 3, p 373-414. Academic Press, New York, [982]. It thus represents a model cell line for the investigation of inhibition of release effects of the agents.
- PC12 cells possess surface moieties that allow for the binding, and internalisation, of WGA-LH N /A.
- FIG. 4 illustrates the inhibition of release of noradrenaline from PC12 cells after prior incubation with WGA-LH N /A.
- PC12 cells were cultured on 24 well plates in RPMI-1640 medium containing 10% horse serum, 5% foetal bovine serum, 1% L-glutamine. Cells were treated with a range of concentrations of WGA-LH N /A for three days. Secretion of noradrenaline was measured by labelling cells with [ 3 ⁇ H]-noradrenaline (2 ⁇ Ci/ml, 0.5 ml/well) for 60 min. Cells were washed every 15 min for 1 hour then basal release determined by incubation with a balanced salt solution containing 5 mM KCl for 5 min. Secretion was stimulated by elevating the concentration of extracellular potassium (100 mM KCl) for 5 min.
- the coding region for LH N /B was inserted in-frame to the 3′ of the gene encoding maltose binding protein (MBP) in the expression vector pMAL (New England Biolabs).
- MBP maltose binding protein
- pMAL New England Biolabs
- the cell paste was resuspended in resuspension buffer (50 mM Hepes pH7.5+150 mM NaCl + a variety of protease inhibitors) at 6 ml buffer per gram paste. To this suspension was added lysozyme to a final concentration of 1 mg/ml. After 10 min at 0° C., the suspension was sonicated for 6 ⁇ 30 seconds at 24 ⁇ at 0° C. The broken cell paste was then centrifuged to remove cell debris and the supernatant recovered for chromatography.
- resuspension buffer 50 mM Hepes pH7.5+150 mM NaCl + a variety of protease inhibitors
- the cell paste was disrupted by using proprietary disruption agents such as BugBusterTM (Novagen) as per the manufacturers protocol. These agents were satisfactory for disruption of the cells to provide supernatant material for affinity chromatography.
- the supernatant was applied to an immobilised amylose matrix at 0.4 ml/min to facilitate binding of the fusion protein. After binding, the column was washed extensively with resuspension buffer to remove contaminating proteins. Bound proteins were eluted by the addition of elution buffer (resuspension buffer+10 mM maltose) and fractions collected. Eluted fractions containing protein were pooled for treatment with Factor Xa.
- Cleavage of the fusion protein by Factor Xa was as described in the protocol supplied by the manufacturer (New England Biolabs). Cleavage of the fusion protein resulted in removal of the MBP fusion tag and separation of the LC and H N domains of LH N /B. Passage of the cleaved mixture through a second immobilised maltose column removed free MBP from the mixture to leave purified disulphide-linked LH N /B. This material was used for conjugation.
- FIG. 6 See FIG. 6 for an illustration of the in vitro catalytic activity of LH N /B.
- Lectin from Triticum vulgaris was obtained from Sigma Ltd.
- SPDP was from Pierce Chemical Co.
- PD-10 desalting columns were from Pharmacia.
- DMSO Dimethylsulphoxide
- Polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis was performed using gels and reagents from Novex.
- the lyophilised lectin was rehydrated in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) to a final concentration of 10 mg/ml. Aliquots of this solution were stored at ⁇ 20° C. until use.
- PBS phosphate buffered saline
- the WGA was reacted with an equal concentration of SPDP by the addition of a 10 mM stock solution of SPDP in DMSO with mixing. After one hour at room temperature the reaction was terminated by desalting into PBS over a PD-10 column.
- the thiopyridone leaving group was removed from the product to release a free —SH group by reduction with dithiothreitol (DTT; 5 mM; 30 min).
- DTT dithiothreitol
- the thiopyridone and DTT were removed by once again desalting into PBS over a PD-10 column.
- the recLH N /B was desalted into PBS.
- the resulting solution (0.5-1.0 mg/ml) was reacted with a four-fold molar excess of SPDP by addition of a 10 mM stock solution of SPDP in DMSO. After 3 h at room temperature the reaction was terminated by desalting over a PD-10 column into PBS.
- the bulk of the derivatized recLH N /B and the derivatized WGA were mixed in proportions such that the WGA was in greater than three-fold molar excess.
- the conjugation reaction was allowed to proceed for >16 h at 4° C.
- the product mixture was centrifuged to clear any precipitate that had developed.
- the supernatant was concentrated by centrifugation through concentrators (with 10000 molecular weight exclusion limit) before application to a Superdex G-200 column on an FPLC chromatography system (Pharmacia).
- the column was eluted with PBS and the elution profile followed at 280 nm.
- fractions containing conjugate were pooled, dialysed against PBS, and stored at 4° C. until use.
- FIG. 7 illustrates the inhibition of the histamine stimulated release of vWF by HUVEC when previously treated with BoNT/B in low pH medium. Treatment of cells with toxins in low pH can be used as a technique for facilitating toxin penetration of the plasmalemma of cells refractory to exogenously applied clostridial neurotoxins.
- HUVEC were prepared by the method of Jaffe et al 1973, J. Clin. Invest. 52, 2745-2756. Cells were passaged once onto 24 well plates in medium 199 supplemented with 10% foetal calf serum, 10% newborn calf serum, 5 mM L-glutamine, 100 units/ml penicillin, 100 units/ml streptomycin, 20 ⁇ g/ml endothelial cell growth factor (Sigma). Cells were treated with DMEM pH 7.4, DMEM pH 4.7 (pH lowered with HCl) or DMEM, pH 4.7 with 500 nM BoNT/B for 2.5 hours then washed three times with HUVEC medium.
- the LS180 colon carcinoma cell line is recognised as a model of mucin secreting cells (McCool, D. J., Forstner, J. F. and Forstner, G. G. 1994 Biochem. J. 302, 111-118). These cells have been shown to adopt goblet cell morphology and release high molecular weight mucin when stimulated with muscarinic agonists (eg carbachol), phorbol esters (PMA) and Ca 2+ ionophores (eg A23187) (McCool, D. J., Forstner, J. F. and Forstner, G. G. 1995 Biochem. J. 312, 125-133).
- muscarinic agonists eg carbachol
- PMA phorbol esters
- Ca 2+ ionophores eg A23187
- FIG. 8 illustrates the inhibition of the ionomycin stimulated release of high molecular weight, [ 3 H]-glucosamine labelled material from LS180 cells by pretreatment with BoNT/B in low pH medium.
- Ionomycin is a Ca 2+ ionophore and treatment of cells with low pH medium has been previously shown to facilitate toxin entry into cells.
- Mucin synthesising colon carcinoma LS180 cells were grown on Matrigel coated 24 well plates in minimum essential medium supplemented with 10% foetal calf serum, 2 mM L-glutamine and 1% non-essential amino acids (Sigma) Cells were treated with pH 7.4 medium, pH 4.7 medium and pH 4.7 medium containing 500 nM botulinum neurotoxin type B (BoNT/B) for four hours then labelled with [ 3 H]-glucosamine (1 ⁇ Ci/ml, 0.5 ml/well) for 18 hours in L15 glucose free medium. Cells were then washed twice with a balanced salt solution (BSS) pH 7.4 and then 0.5 ml of BSS was applied for 30 minutes.
- BSS balanced salt solution
- the promyelocytic cell line HL60 can be differentiated into neutrophil like cells by the addition of dibutyryl cyclic AMP to the culture medium. Upon differentiation these cells increase their expression of characteristic enzymes such as .beta.-glucuronidase. In this condition these cells therefore represent a model of a phagocytic cell type which contributes to the inflammatory response of certain disease states (eg rheumatoid arthritis).
- FIG. 9 illustrates the significant (p>0.05) inhibition of stimulated release of .beta.-glucuronidase from dbcAMP differentiated HL60 cells by pre-treatment with BoNT/B in low pH medium.
- HL60 cells were cultured in RPMI 1640 medium containing 10% foetal calf serum and 2 mM glutamine. Cells were exposed to low pH and toxin for 2.5 hours then washed 3 times and differentiated by the addition of dibutyryl cyclic AMP (dbcAMP) to a final concentration of 300 ⁇ M. Cells were differentiated for 40 hours and then stimulated release of ⁇ -glucuronidase activity was determined. Cells were treated with cytochalasin B (5 .mu.M) 5 minutes before stimulation.
- dbcAMP dibutyryl cyclic AMP
- Cells were stimulated with 1 .mu.M N-formyl-Met-Leu-Phe with 100 ⁇ M ATP for 10 minutes then centrifuged and the supernatant taken for assay of ⁇ -glucuronidase activity. Activity was measured in cell lysates and the amount released expressed as a percentage of the total cellular content of enzyme.
- ⁇ -glucuronidase activity was determined according to the method of Absolom D. R. 1986, (Methods in Enzymology, 132, 160) using p-Nitrophenyl- ⁇ -D-glucuronide as the substrate.
- the following procedure creates a clone for use as an expression backbone for multidomain fusion expression.
- This example is based on preparation of a serotype B based clone (SEQ ID NO:1).
- pCR 4 (Invitrogen) is the chosen standard cloning vector chosen due to the lack of restriction sequences within the vector and adjacent sequencing primer sites for easy construct confirmation.
- the expression vector is based on the pMAL (NEB) expression vector which has the desired restriction sequences within the multiple cloning site in the correct orientation for construct insertion (BamHI-SalI-PstI-HindIII). A fragment of the expression vector has been removed to create a non-mobilisable plasmid and a variety of different fusion tags have been inserted to increase purification options.
- the LC/B is created by one of two ways:
- the DNA sequence is designed by back translation of the LC/B amino acid sequence (obtained from freely available database sources such as GenBank (accession number P10844) or Swissprot (accession locus BXB_CLOBO) using one of a variety of reverse translation software tools (for example EditSeq best E. coli reverse translation (DNASTAR Inc.), or Backtranslation tool v2.0 (Entelechon)). BamHI/SalI recognition sequences are incorporated at the 5′ and 3′ ends respectively of the sequence maintaining the correct reading frame. The DNA sequence is screened (using software such as MapDraw, DNASTAR Inc.) for restriction enzyme cleavage sequences incorporated during the back translation.
- GenBank accession number P10844
- Swissprot accession locus BXB_CLOBO
- BamHI/SalI recognition sequences are incorporated at the 5′ and 3′ ends respectively of the sequence maintaining the correct reading frame.
- the DNA sequence is screened (using software such as MapDraw, DNASTAR Inc.) for restriction enzyme
- E. coli codon usage is assessed by reference to software programs such as Graphical Codon Usage Analyser (Geneart), and the % GC content and codon usage ratio assessed by reference to published codon usage tables (for example GenBank Release 143, Sep. 13, 2004).
- This optimised DNA sequence containing the LC/B open reading frame (ORF) is then commercially synthesized (for example by Entelechon, Geneart or Sigma-Genosys) and is provided in the pCR 4 vector.
- the alternative method is to use PCR amplification from an existing DNA sequence with BamHI and SalI restriction enzyme sequences incorporated into the 5′ and 3′ PCR primers respectively.
- Complementary oligonucleotide primers are chemically synthesised by a Supplier (for example MWG or Sigma-Genosys) so that each pair has the ability to hybridize to the opposite strands (3′ ends pointing “towards” each other) flanking the stretch of Clostridium target DNA, one oligonucleotide for each of the two DNA strands.
- the pair of short oligonucleotide primers specific for the Clostridium DNA sequence are mixed with the Clostridium DNA template and other reaction components and placed in a machine (the ‘PCR machine’) that can change the incubation temperature of the reaction tube automatically, cycling between approximately 94° C. (for denaturation), 55° C. (for oligonucleotide annealing), and 72° C. (for synthesis).
- reagents required for amplification of a PCR product include a DNA polymerase (such as Taq or Pfu polymerase), each of the four nucleotide dNTP building blocks of DNA in equimolar amounts (50-200 ⁇ M) and a buffer appropriate for the enzyme optimised for Mg2+ concentration (0.5-5 mM).
- a DNA polymerase such as Taq or Pfu polymerase
- each of the four nucleotide dNTP building blocks of DNA in equimolar amounts (50-200 ⁇ M)
- a buffer appropriate for the enzyme optimised for Mg2+ concentration 0.5-5 mM.
- the amplification product is cloned into pCR 4 using either, TOPO TA cloning for Taq PCR products or Zero Blunt TOPO cloning for Pfu PCR products (both kits commercially available from Invitrogen).
- the resultant clone is checked by sequencing. Any additional restriction sequences which are not compatible with the cloning system are then removed using site directed mutagenesis (for example using Quickchange (Stratagene Inc.)).
- the HN is created by one of two ways:
- the DNA sequence is designed by back translation of the HN/B amino acid sequence (obtained from freely available database sources such as GenBank (accession number P10844) or Swissprot (accession locus BXB_CLOBO)) using one of a variety of reverse translation software tools (for example EditSeq best E. coli reverse translation (DNASTAR Inc.), or Back translation tool v2.0 (Entelechon)).
- a PstI restriction sequence added to the N-terminus and XbaI-stop codon-HindIII to the C-terminus ensuring the correct reading frame in maintained.
- the DNA sequence is screened (using software such as MapDraw, DNASTAR Inc.) for restriction enzyme cleavage sequences incorporated during the back translation.
- E. coli codon usage is assessed by reference to software programs such as Graphical Codon Usage Analyser (Geneart), and the % GC content and codon usage ratio assessed by reference to published codon usage tables (for example GenBank Release 143, Sep. 13, 2004).
- This optimised DNA sequence is then commercially synthesized (for example by Entelechon, Geneart or Sigma-Genosys) and is provided in the pCR 4 vector.
- the alternative method is to use PCR amplification from an existing DNA sequence with PstI and XbaI-stop codon-HindIII restriction enzyme sequences incorporated into the 5′ and 3′ PCR primers respectively.
- the PCR amplification is performed as described above.
- the PCR product is inserted into pCR 4 vector and checked by sequencing. Any additional restriction sequences which are not compatible with the cloning system are then removed using site directed mutagenesis (for example using Quickchange (Stratagene Inc.)).
- the LC-HN linker can be designed from first principle, using the existing sequence information for the linker as the template.
- the serotype B linker in this case defined as the inter-domain polypeptide region that exists between the cysteines of the disulphide bridge between LC and HN
- has the sequence KSVKAPG (SEQ ID NO:30).
- This sequence information is freely available from available database sources such as GenBank (accession number P10844) or Swissprot (accession locus BXB_CLOBO).
- GenBank accession number P10844
- Swissprot accesus BXB_CLOBO
- the recognition sequence for enterokinase is inserted into the activation loop to generate the sequence VDEEKLYDDDDKDRWGSSLQ (SEQ ID NO:31).
- the DNA sequence encoding the linker region is determined.
- BamHI/SalI and PstI/XbaI/stop codon/HindIII restriction enzyme sequences are incorporated at either end, in the correct reading frames.
- the DNA sequence is screened (using software such as MapDraw, DNASTAR Inc.) for restriction enzyme cleavage sequences incorporated during the back translation. Any sequences that are found to be common to those required by the cloning system are removed manually from the proposed coding sequence ensuring common E. coli codon usage is maintained.
- coli codon usage is assessed by reference to software programs such as Graphical Codon Usage Analyser (Geneart), and the % GC content and codon usage ratio assessed by reference to published codon usage tables (for example GenBank Release 143, Sep. 13, 2004).
- This optimised DNA sequence is then commercially synthesized (for example by Entelechon, Geneart or Sigma-Genosys) and is provided in the pCR 4 vector. If it is desired to clone the linker out of pCR 4 vector, the vector (encoding the linker) is cleaved with either BamHI+SalI or PstI+XbaI combination restriction enzymes.
- This cleaved vector then serves as the recipient vector for insertion and ligation of either the LC DNA (cleaved with BamHI/SalI) or HN DNA (cleaved with PstI/XbaI).
- the LC or the HN encoding DNA is inserted upstream or downstream of the linker DNA, the entire LC-linker or linker-HN DNA fragment can the be isolated and transferred to the backbone clone.
- the linker-encoding DNA can be included during the synthesis or PCR amplification of either the LC or HN.
- the LC or the LC-linker is cut out from the pCR 4 cloning vector using BamHI/SalI or BamHI/PstI restriction enzymes digests.
- the pMAL expression vector is digested with the same enzymes but is also treated with calf intestinal protease (CIP) as an extra precaution to prevent re-circularisation.
- CIP calf intestinal protease
- Both the LC or LC-linker region and the pMAL vector backbone are gel purified.
- the purified insert and vector backbone are ligated together using T4 DNA ligase and the product is transformed with TOP10 cells which are then screened for LC insertion using BamHI/SalI or BamHI/PstI restriction digestion.
- the process is then repeated for the HN or linker-HN insertion into the PstI/HindIII or SalI/HindIII sequences of the pMAL-LC construct.
- the following procedure creates a clone for use as an expression backbone for multidomain fusion expression.
- This example is based on preparation of a serotype C based clone (SEQ ID NO:2).
- pCR 4 (Invitrogen) is the chosen standard cloning vector chosen due to the lack of restriction sequences within the vector and adjacent sequencing primer sites for easy construct confirmation.
- the expression vector is based on the pMAL (NEB) expression vector which has the desired restriction sequences within the multiple cloning site in the correct orientation for construct insertion (BamHI-SalI-PstI-HindIII). A fragment of the expression vector has been removed to create a non-mobilisable plasmid and a variety of different fusion tags have been inserted to increase purification options.
- the LC/C is created by one of two ways:
- the DNA sequence is designed by back translation of the LC/C amino acid sequence (obtained from freely available database sources such as GenBank (accession number P18640) or Swissprot (accession locus BXC1_CLOBO) using one of a variety of reverse translation software tools (for example EditSeq best E. coli reverse translation (DNASTAR Inc.), or Backtranslation tool v2.0 (Entelechon)). BamHI/SalI recognition sequences are incorporated at the 5′ and 3′ ends respectively of the sequence maintaining the correct reading frame. The DNA sequence is screened (using software such as MapDraw, DNASTAR Inc.) for restriction enzyme cleavage sequences incorporated during the back translation.
- GenBank accession number P18640
- Swissprot accession locus BXC1_CLOBO
- BamHI/SalI recognition sequences are incorporated at the 5′ and 3′ ends respectively of the sequence maintaining the correct reading frame.
- the DNA sequence is screened (using software such as MapDraw, DNASTAR Inc.) for restriction
- E. coli codon usage is assessed by reference to software programs such as Graphical Codon Usage Analyser (Geneart), and the % GC content and codon usage ratio assessed by reference to published codon usage tables (for example GenBank Release 143, Sep. 13, 2004).
- This optimised DNA sequence containing the LC/C open reading frame (ORF) is then commercially synthesized (for example by Entelechon, Geneart or Sigma-Genosys) and is provided in the pCR 4 vector.
- the alternative method is to use PCR amplification from an existing DNA sequence with BamHI and SalI restriction enzyme sequences incorporated into the 5′ and 3′ PCR primers respectively.
- Complementary oligonucleotide primers are chemically synthesised by a Supplier (for example MWG or Sigma-Genosys) so that each pair has the ability to hybridize to the opposite strands (3′ ends pointing “towards” each other) flanking the stretch of Clostridium target DNA, one oligonucleotide for each of the two DNA strands.
- the pair of short oligonucleotide primers specific for the Clostridium DNA sequence are mixed with the Clostridium DNA template and other reaction components and placed in a machine (the ‘PCR machine’) that can change the incubation temperature of the reaction tube automatically, cycling between approximately 94° C. (for denaturation), 55° C. (for oligonucleotide annealing), and 72° C. (for synthesis).
- reagents required for amplification of a PCR product include a DNA polymerase (such as Taq or Pfu polymerase), each of the four nucleotide dNTP building blocks of DNA in equimolar amounts (50-200 ⁇ M) and a buffer appropriate for the enzyme optimised for Mg2+ concentration (0.5-5 mM).
- a DNA polymerase such as Taq or Pfu polymerase
- each of the four nucleotide dNTP building blocks of DNA in equimolar amounts (50-200 ⁇ M)
- a buffer appropriate for the enzyme optimised for Mg2+ concentration 0.5-5 mM.
- the amplification product is cloned into pCR 4 using either, TOPO TA cloning for Taq PCR products or Zero Blunt TOPO cloning for Pfu PCR products (both kits commercially available from Invitrogen).
- the resultant clone is checked by sequencing. Any additional restriction sequences which are not compatible with the cloning system are then removed using site directed mutagenesis (for example using Quickchange (Stratagene Inc.)).
- the HN is created by one of two ways:
- the DNA sequence is designed by back translation of the HN/C amino acid sequence (obtained from freely available database sources such as GenBank (accession number P18640) or Swissprot (accession locus BXC1_CLOBO)) using one of a variety of reverse translation software tools (for example EditSeq best E. coli reverse translation (DNASTAR Inc.), or Back translation tool v2.0 (Entelechon)).
- a PstI restriction sequence added to the N-terminus and XbaI-stop codon-HindIII to the C-terminus ensuring the correct reading frame in maintained.
- the DNA sequence is screened (using software such as MapDraw, DNASTAR Inc.) for restriction enzyme cleavage sequences incorporated during the back translation.
- E. coli codon usage is assessed by reference to software programs such as Graphical Codon Usage Analyser (Geneart), and the % GC content and codon usage ratio assessed by reference to published codon usage tables (for example GenBank Release 143, Sep. 13, 2004).
- This optimised DNA sequence is then commercially synthesized (for example by Entelechon, Geneart or Sigma-Genosys) and is provided in the pCR 4 vector.
- the alternative method is to use PCR amplification from an existing DNA sequence with PstI and XbaI-stop codon-HindIII restriction enzyme sequences incorporated into the 5′ and 3′ PCR primers respectively.
- the PCR amplification is performed as described above.
- the PCR product is inserted into pCR 4 vector and checked by sequencing. Any additional restriction sequences which are not compatible with the cloning system are then removed using site directed mutagenesis (for example using Quickchange (Stratagene Inc.)).
- the LC-HN linker can be designed from first principle, using the existing sequence information for the linker as the template.
- the serotype C linker in this case defined as the inter-domain polypeptide region that exists between the cysteines of the disulphide bridge between LC and HN
- This sequence information is freely available from available database sources such as GenBank (accession number P18640) or Swissprot (accession locus BXC1_CLOBO).
- the recognition sequence for enterokinase is inserted into the activation loop to generate the sequence VDGIITSKTKSDDDDKNKALNLQ (SEQ ID NO:33).
- the DNA sequence encoding the linker region is determined. BamHI/SalI and PstI/XbaI/stop codon/HindIII restriction enzyme sequences are incorporated at either end, in the correct reading frames.
- the DNA sequence is screened (using software such as MapDraw, DNASTAR Inc.) for restriction enzyme cleavage sequences incorporated during the back translation. Any sequences that are found to be common to those required by the cloning system are removed manually from the proposed coding sequence ensuring common E. coli codon usage is maintained. E. coli codon usage is assessed by reference to software programs such as Graphical Codon Usage Analyser (Geneart), and the % GC content and codon usage ratio assessed by reference to published codon usage tables (for example GenBank Release 143, Sep. 13, 2004). This optimised DNA sequence is then commercially synthesized (for example by Entelechon, Geneart or Sigma-Genosys) and is provided in the pCR 4 vector.
- Geneart Graphical Codon Usage Analyser
- % GC content and codon usage ratio assessed by reference to published codon usage tables (for example GenBank Release 143, Sep. 13, 2004).
- the vector (encoding the linker) is cleaved with either BamHI+SalI or PstI+XbaI combination restriction enzymes.
- This cleaved vector then serves as the recipient vector for insertion and ligation of either the LC DNA (cleaved with BamHI/SalI) or HN DNA (cleaved with PstI/XbaI).
- the LC or the HN encoding DNA is inserted upstream or downstream of the linker DNA, the entire LC-linker or linker-HN DNA fragment can the be isolated and transferred to the backbone clone.
- the linker-encoding DNA can be included during the synthesis or PCR amplification of either the LC or HN.
- the LC or the LC-linker is cut out from the pCR 4 cloning vector using BamHI/SalI or BamHI/PstI restriction enzymes digests.
- the pMAL expression vector is digested with the same enzymes but is also treated with calf intestinal protease (CIP) as an extra precaution to prevent re-circularisation.
- CIP calf intestinal protease
- Both the LC or LC-linker region and the pMAL vector backbone are gel purified.
- the purified insert and vector backbone are ligated together using T4 DNA ligase and the product is transformed with TOP10 cells which are then screened for LC insertion using BamHI/SalI or BamHI/PstI restriction digestion.
- the process is then repeated for the HN or linker-HN insertion into the PstI/HindIII or SalI/HindIII sequences of the pMAL-LC construct.
- a DNA sequence is designed to flank the spacer and targeting moiety (TM) regions allowing incorporation into the backbone clone (SEQ ID NO:2).
- the DNA sequence can be arranged as BamHI-SalI-PstI-XbaI-spacer-EGF-stop codon-HindIII (SEQ ID NO:3).
- the DNA sequence can be designed using one of a variety of reverse translation software tools (for example EditSeq best E. coli reverse translation (DNASTAR Inc.), or Backtranslation tool v2.0 (Entelechon)).
- E. coli codon usage is assessed by reference to software programs such as Graphical Codon Usage Analyser (Geneart), and the % GC content and codon usage ratio assessed by reference to published codon usage tables (for example GenBank Release 143, Sep. 13, 2004). This optimised DNA sequence is then commercially synthesized (for example by Entelechon, Geneart or Sigma-Genosys) and is provided in the pCR 4 vector.
- LC-linker-HN-spacer-EGF construct (SEQ ID NO:4) using the backbone construct (SEQ ID NO:2) and the newly synthesised pCR 4-spacer-TM vector encoding the EGF TM (SEQ ID NO:3)
- the following two-step method is employed. Firstly, the HN domain is excised from the backbone clone using restriction enzymes PstI and XbaI and ligated into similarly digested pCR 4-spacer-EGF vector. This creates an HN-spacer-EGF ORF in pCR 4 that can be excised from the vector using restriction enzymes PstI and HindIII for subsequent ligation into similarly cleaved backbone or expression construct.
- the final construct contains the LC-linker-HN-spacer-EGF ORF (SEQ ID NO:4) for transfer into expression vectors for expression to result in a fusion protein of the sequence illustrated in SEQ ID NO:5.
- LHN/C-EGF fusion protein is achieved using the following protocol. Inoculate 100 ml of modified TB containing 0.2% glucose and 100 mg/ml ampicillin in a 250 ml flask with a single colony from the LHN/C-EGF expression strain. Grow the culture at 37° C., 225 rpm for 16 hours. Inoculate 1 L of modified TB containing 0.2% glucose and 100 ⁇ g/ml ampicillin in a 2 L flask with 10 ml of overnight culture. Grow cultures at 37° C. until an approximate OD600 nm of 0.5 is reached at which point reduce the temperature to 16° C. After 1 hour induce the cultures with 1 mM IPTG and grow at 16° C. for a further 16 hours.
- Defrost falcon tube containing 25 ml 50 mM HEPES pH 7.2 200 mM NaCl and approximately 10 g of E. coli BL21 cell paste. Sonicate the cell paste on ice 30 seconds on, 30 seconds off for 10 cycles at a power of 22 microns ensuring the sample remains cool. Spin the lysed cells at 18 000 rpm, 4° C. for 30 minutes. Load the supernatant onto a 0.1 M NiSO4 charged Chelating column (20-30 ml column is sufficient) equilibrated with 50 mM HEPES pH 7.2 200 mM NaCl.
- the LC-HN linker is designed using the methods described in example 11 using the B serotype linker arranged as BamHI-SalI-PstI-XbaI-spacer-EGF-stop codon-HindIII (SEQ ID NO:3).
- the LHN/B-EGF fusion is then assembled using the LHN/B backbone clone (SEQ ID NO:1) made using the methods described in example 9 and constructed using methods described in example 11.
- the final construct contains the LC-linker-HN-spacer-EGF ORF (SEQ ID NO:6) for transfer into expression vectors for expression to result in a fusion protein of the sequence illustrated in SEQ ID NO:7.
- the resultant expression plasmid, pMAL LHN/B-EGF is transformed into E. coli BL21 for recombinant protein expression.
- Expression and purification of the fusion protein was carried out as described in example 6 except that enterokinase replaced factor Xa in the activation of the fusion protein.
- FIG. 9 demonstrates the purified protein as analysed by SDS-PAGE.
- a DNA sequence is designed to flank the spacer and TM regions allowing incorporation into the backbone clone (SEQ ID NO:2).
- the DNA sequence can be arranged as BamHI-SalI-PstI-XbaI-spacer-SpeI-RGD-stop codon-HindIII (SEQ ID NO:8).
- the DNA sequence can be designed using one of a variety of reverse translation software tools (for example EditSeq best E. coli reverse translation (DNASTAR Inc.), or Backtranslation tool v2.0 (Entelechon)).
- E. coli codon usage is assessed by reference to software programs such as Graphical Codon Usage Analyser (Geneart), and the % GC content and codon usage ratio assessed by reference to published codon usage tables (for example GenBank Release 143, Sep. 13, 2004). This optimised DNA sequence is then commercially synthesized (for example by Entelechon, Geneart or Sigma-Genosys) and is provided in the pCR 4 vector.
- LC-linker-HN-spacer-RGD construct (SEQ ID NO:9) using the backbone construct (SEQ ID NO:2) and the newly synthesised pCR 4-spacer-TM vector encoding the RGD TM (SEQ ID NO:8)
- the following two-step method is employed. Firstly, the HN domain is excised from the backbone clone using restriction enzymes PstI and XbaI and ligated into similarly digested pCR 4-spacer-RGD vector. This creates an HN-spacer-RGD ORF in pCR 4 that can be excised from the vector using restriction enzymes PstI and HindIII for subsequent ligation into similarly cleaved backbone or expression construct.
- the final construct contains the LC-linker-HN-spacer-RGD ORF (SEQ ID NO:9) for transfer into expression vectors for expression to result in a fusion protein of the sequence illustrated in SEQ ID NO:10.
- FIG. 10 demonstrates the purified protein as analysed by SDS-PAGE.
- the LC-HN linker can be designed using the methods described in example 13 using the C serotype linker arranged as BamHI-SalI-PstI-XbaI-spacer-SpeI-cyclic RGD-stop codon-HindIII (SEQ ID NO:11).
- the LHN/C-cyclic RGD fusion is then assembled using the LHN/C backbone clone (SEQ ID NO:2) made using the methods described in example 10 and constructed using methods described in example 13.
- the final construct contains the LC-linker-HN-spacer-cyclic RGD ORF (SEQ ID NO:11) for transfer into expression vectors for expression to result in a fusion protein of the sequence illustrated in SEQ ID NO:13.
- FIG. 11 demonstrates the purified protein as analysed by SDS-PAGE.
- the pCR 4 vector encoding the linker (SEQ ID NO:14) is cleaved with BamHI+SalI restriction enzymes.
- This cleaved vector then serves as the recipient vector for insertion and ligation of the LC/C DNA (SEQ ID NO:2) cleaved with BamHI+SalI.
- the resulting plasmid DNA is then cleaved with PstI+XbaI restriction enzymes and serves as the recipient vector for the insertion and ligation of the HN/C DNA (SEQ ID NO:2) cleaved with PstI+XbaI.
- the final construct contains the LC-linker-RGD-spacer-HN ORF (SEQ ID NO:15) for transfer into expression vectors for expression to result in a fusion protein of the sequence illustrated in SEQ ID NO:16.
- the resultant expression plasmid, pMAL LC/C-RGD-HN/C was transformed into E. coli BL21 for recombinant protein expression.
- Expression and purification of the fusion protein was carried out as described in example 11.
- FIG. 12 demonstrates the purified protein as analysed by SDS-PAGE.
- LC-linker-RGD-spacer-HN complete gene synthesis has been used to create a single DNA insert that encodes the LC, the HN, linkers, spacers and a protease activation site.
- the synthetic DNA is designed to have a NdeI restriction site at the 5′ end and a HindIII restriction site at the 3′ end to facilitate direct cloning into expression vectors.
- the sequence of the engineered coding region is subject to the same codon utilisation analysis as described above.
- the sequence of the synthetic DNA is illustrated in SEQ ID NO:17, and the protein that it encodes is illustrated in SEQ ID NO:18.
- a range of concentrations of LHN/B-EGF in cleavage buffer (50 mM HEPES pH7.4, 10 mM DTT, 20 ⁇ M ZnCl2, 1% FBS) are incubated with biotinylated VAMP substrate (1 mg/ml) for two hours at 37° C. in a shaking incubator.
- the cleavage reaction is transferred to a washed 96-well streptavidin coated plate and incubated at 37° C. in a shaking incubator for 5 minutes.
- the plate is washed three times with PBS-0.1% tween-20 (PBS-T).
- the wells are blocked with blocking buffer (5% FCS in PBS-T) for 1 hour at 37° C.
- the primary antibody (anti-FESS) is added at a dilution of 1 in 500 in blocking buffer and the plate is incubated at 37° C. for 1 hour.
- the plate is washed three times with PBS-T and the secondary antibody (anti guinea pig HRP conjugate) diluted 1 in 1000 in blocking buffer is applied.
- the plate is developed with bioFX TMB substrate. Colour development is allowed to proceed for 1-5 minutes and then stopped with stop solution. The absorbance is measured at 450 nm.
- FIG. 13 shows the VAMP cleavage activity of LHN/B-EGF fusion protein.
- the THP-1 cell line is a human-derived suspension (non-adherent) culture that is used frequently to provide a model system for primary monocytes. It is a well characterized model and over 2000 reviewed publications have utilized the THP-1 line to investigate molecular and cellular processes. Recent studies have demonstrated the utility of the THP-1 cell line as a model to assess the secretion of anti- and pro-inflammatory cytokines (Qiu et. al. 2007 J. Lipid Res. 48(2) 385-394, Prunet et. al. 2006 Cytometry A. 69, 359-373 and Segura et al 2002 Clin. Exp. Immunol. 127(2) 243-254).
- FIG. 14 illustrates the significant inhibition of LPS-stimulated release of IL-8 from THP-1 cells in culture by pretreatment with either EGF-LHN/C (SXN 100501) or with EGF-LHN/B (SXN 100328).
- THP-1 THP-1 cells were pre-incubated with 10 nM compound or vehicle control for 48 hours at 37° C./5% CO2. After the pre-incubation, LPS was added at a final concentration of 1 mg/ml and the cells incubated for a further 16 hours (overnight). For inhibitory controls; cells were treated with Staurosporine (1 ⁇ M) or Dexamethasone (1 ⁇ M) for 30 minutes prior to adding the LPS, and then incubated for 16 hours (overnight). Culture supernatant from each well was harvested and analyzed for cytokine by Luminex-based technology (BioSource). All estimations were performed in triplicate.
- the RPMI-8226 cell line is a human-derived culture that is used frequently to provide a model system for primary B-lymphocytes. It is a well characterized model and over 250 reviewed publications have utilized the RPMI-8226 line to investigate molecular and cellular processes. Recent studies have demonstrated the utility of the RPMI-8226 cell line as a model to assess the secretion of cytokines (Xu et. al. J. Leukoc. Biol. 2002, 72(2) 410-416 and Gupta et. al. 2001, 15(12) 1950-1961).
- FIG. 15 illustrates the significant inhibition of LPS-stimulated release of IL-10 from RPMI-8226 cells in culture by pretreatment with either EGF-LHN/C (SXN 100501) or with EGF-LHN/B (SXN 100328).
- RPMI-8226 cells were pre-incubated with 10 nM compound or vehicle control for 48 hours at 37oC/5% CO2. After the pre-incubation, LPS was added at a final concentration of 1 mg/ml and the cells incubated for a further 16 hours (overnight). For inhibitory controls; cells were treated with Staurosporine (1 ⁇ M) or Dexamethasone (1 ⁇ M) for 30 minutes prior to adding the LPS, and then incubated for 16 hours (overnight). Culture supernatant from each well was harvested and analyzed for cytokine by Luminex-based technology (BioSource). All estimations were performed in triplicate.
- PBMC peripheral blood mononuclear cells providing a primary culture that is highly diverse in constituent cell phenotype. It is a well characterized model and over 3000 reviewed publications have utilized primary human PBMC to investigate molecular and cellular processes. Recent studies have demonstrated the utility of human PBMC as a model to assess the secretion of cytokines (Bachmann et. al. Cell Microbiol. 2006, 8(2) 289-300, Siejka et. al. Endocr. Regul. 2005, 39(1) 7-11, Reddy et. al. 2004, 293(1-2) 127-142).
- FIG. 16 illustrates the significant inhibition of LPS-stimulated release of IL-8 from human PBMC cells in culture by pretreatment with CP-RGD-LHN/C (SXN 100221), EGF-LHN/C (SXN 100501) or with EGF-LHN/B (SXN 100328).
- PBMC cells were pre-incubated with 10 nM compound or vehicle control for 24 hours at 37° C./5% CO2. After the pre-incubation, LPS was added at a final concentration of 1 mg/ml and the cells incubated for a further 16 hours (overnight). For inhibitory controls; cells were treated with Staurosporine (1 ⁇ M) or Dexamethasone (1 ⁇ M) for 30 minutes prior to adding the LPS, and then incubated for 16 hours (overnight). Culture supernatant from each well was harvested and analyzed for cytokine by Luminex-based technology (BioSource). All estimations were performed in triplicate.
- PBMC peripheral blood mononuclear cells providing a primary culture that is highly diverse in constituent cell phenotype. It is a well characterized model and over 3000 reviewed publications have utilized primary human PBMC to investigate molecular and cellular processes. Recent studies have demonstrated the utility of human PBMC as a model to assess the secretion of cytokines (Bachmann et. al. Cell Microbiol. 2006, 8(2) 289-300, Siejka et. al. Endocr. Regul. 2005, 39(1) 7-11, Reddy et. al. 2004, 293(1-2) 127-142).
- FIG. 17 illustrates the significant inhibition of PHA-stimulated release of IP-10 from human PBMC cells in culture by pretreatment with CP-RGD-LHN/C (SXN 100221), EGF-LHN/C (SXN 100501) or with EGF-LHN/B (SXN 100328).
- PBMC cells were pre-incubated with 10 nM compound or vehicle control for 24 hours at 37° C./5% CO2. After the pre-incubation, PHA was added at a final concentration of 2 mg/ml and the cells incubated for a further 16 hours (overnight). For inhibitory controls; cells were treated with Staurosporine (1 ⁇ M) or Dexamethasone (1 ⁇ M) for 30 minutes prior to adding the PHA, and then incubated for 16 hours (overnight). Culture supernatant from each well was harvested and analyzed for cytokine by Luminex-based technology (BioSource). All estimations were performed in triplicate.
- the GP prescribes a 6-month course of SXN100501 (as prepared in previous examples) in nebuliser form, 80 ⁇ g to be taken monthly.
- the patient selects the most appropriate nebuliser for their personal situation from a range of suitable devices.
- FEV1 field-to-envelope-to-ebuliser
- the GP prescribes a 4-month course of SXN100328 (as prepared in previous examples), 80 ⁇ g to be taken monthly in the form of a nasal spray.
- SXN100328 the patient experiences a reduced frequency of rhinitis and generally improved quality of life. Further treatments continue to decrease the severity of the rhinitis.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention relates to treatment of disease by inhibition of cellular secretory processes, to agents and compositions therefor, and to manufacture of those agents and compositions. The present invention relates particularly, to treatment of disease dependent upon the exocytotic activity of endocrine cells, exocrine cells, inflammatory cells, cells of the immune system, cells of the cardiovascular system and bone cells.
Description
- This application is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/327,855, filed on Jan. 9, 2006, which is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/088,665, filed Aug. 14, 2002, which is a national phase entry of PCT/GB00/03681, filed Sep. 25, 2000, which claims the benefit of priority of GB 9922558.3, filed Sep. 23, 1999. Each of these applications is hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
- The present invention relates to treatment of disease by inhibition of cellular secretory processes, to agents and compositions therefor, and to manufacture of those agents and compositions. The present invention relates particularly, to treatment of diseases dependent upon the exocytotic activity of endocrine cells, exocrine cells, inflammatory cells, cells of the immune system, cells of the cardiovascular system and bone cells.
- Exocytosis is the fusion of secretory vesicles with the plasma membrane and results in the discharge of vesicle content—a process also known as cell secretion. Exocytosis can be constitutive or regulated. Constitutive exocytosis is thought to occur in every cell type whereas regulated exocytosis occurs from specialised cells.
- The understanding of the mechanisms involved in exocytosis has increased rapidly, following the proposal of the SNARE hypothesis (Rothman, 1994, Nature 372, 55-63). This hypothesis describes protein markers on vesicles, which recognise target membrane markers. These so-called cognate SNARES (denoted v-SNARE for vesicle and t-SNARE for target) facilitate docking and fusion of vesicles with the correct membranes, thus directing discharge of the vesicular contents into the appropriate compartment. Key to the understanding of this process has been the identification of the proteins involved. Three SNARE protein families have been identified for exocytosis: SNAP-25 and SNAP-23, and syntaxins are the t-SNARE families in the membrane; and VAMPs (vesicle-associated membrane protein), including synaptobrevin and cellubrevin, are the v-SNARE family on secretory vesicles. Key components of the fusion machinery including SNARES are involved in both regulated and constitutive exocytosis (De Camilli, 1993, Nature, 364, 387-388).
- The clostridial neurotoxins are proteins with molecular masses of the order of 150 kDa. They are produced by various species of the genus Clostridium, most importantly C. tetani and several strains of C. botulinum. There are at present eight different classes of the neurotoxins known: tetanus toxin and botulinum neurotoxin in its serotypes A, B, C1, D, E, F and G, and they all share similar structures and modes of action. The clostridial neurotoxins are synthesized by the bacterium as a single polypeptide that is modified post-translationally to form two polypeptide chains joined together by a disulphide bond. The two chains are termed the heavy chain (H) which has a molecular mass of approximately 100 kDa and the light chain (LC) which has a molecular mass of approximately 50 kDa. The clostridial neurotoxins are highly selective for neuronal cells, and bind with high affinity thereto [see Black, J. D. and Dolly, J. O. (1987) Selective location of acceptors for BoNT/A in the central and peripheral nervous systems. Neuroscience, 23, pp. 767-779; Habermann, E. and Dreyer, F. (1986) Clostridial neurotoxins:handling and action at the cellular and molecular level. Curr. Top. Microbiol. Immunol. 129, pp. 93-179; and Sugiyama, H. (1980) Clostridium botulinum neurotoxin. Microbiol. Rev., 44, pp. 419-448 (and internally cited references)].
- The functional requirements of neurointoxication by the clostridial neurotoxins can be assigned to specific domains within the neurotoxin structure. The clostridial neurotoxins bind to an acceptor site on the cell membrane of the motor neuron at the neuromuscular junction and, following binding to the highly specific receptor, are internalised by an endocytotic mechanism. The specific neuromuscular junction binding activity of clostridial neurotoxins is known to reside in the carboxy-terminal portion of the heavy chain component of the dichain neurotoxin molecule, a region known as HC. The internalised clostridial neurotoxins possess a highly specific zinc-dependent endopeptidase activity that hydrolyses a specific peptide bond in at least one of three protein families, synaptobrevin, syntaxin or SNAP-25, which are crucial components of the neurosecretory machinery. The zinc-dependent endopeptidase activity of clostridial neurotoxins is found to reside in the L-chain (LC). The amino-terminal portion of the heavy chain component of the dichain neurotoxin molecule, a region known as HN, is responsible for translocation of the neurotoxin, or a portion of it containing the endopeptidase activity, across the endosomal membrane following internalisation, thus allowing access of the endopeptidase to the neuronal cytosol and its substrate protein(s). The result of neurointoxication is inhibition of neurotransmitter release from the target neuron due to prevention of release of synaptic vesicle contents.
- The mechanism by which the HN domain effects translocation of the endopeptidase into the neuronal cytosol is not fully characterised but is believed to involve a conformational change, insertion into the endosomal membrane and formation of some form of channel or pore through which the endopeptidase can gain access to the neuronal cytosol. Following binding to its specific receptor at the neuronal surface pharmacological and morphologic evidence indicate that the clostridial neurotoxins enter the cell by endocytosis [Black & Dolly (1986) J. Cell Biol. 103, 535-44] and then have to pass through a low pH step for neuron intoxication to occur [Simpson et al (1994) J. Pharmacol Exp. Ther., 269, 256-62]. Acidic pH does not activate the toxin directly via a structural change, but is believed to trigger the process of LC membrane translocation from the neuronal endosomal vesicle lumen to the neuronal cytosol [Montecucco et al (1994) FEBS Lett. 346, 92-98]. There is a general consensus that toxin-determined channels are related to the translocation process into the cytosol [Schiavo & Montecucco (1997) in Bacterial Toxins (ed. K. Aktories)]. This model requires that the HN domain forms a transmembrane hydrophobic pore across the acidic vesicle membrane that allows the partially unfolded LC passage through to the cytosol. The requisite conformational change is believed to be triggered by environmental factors in the neuronal endosomal compartment into which the neurotoxin is internalised, and a necessary feature of the binding domain of the HC is to target binding sites which enable internalisation into the appropriate endosomal compartment. Therefore clostridial neurotoxins have evolved to target cell surface moieties that fulfil this requirement.
- Hormones are chemical messengers that are secreted by the endocrine glands of the body. They exercise specific physiological actions on other organs to which they are carried by the blood. The range of processes regulated by hormones includes various aspects of homeostasis (e.g. insulin regulates the concentration of glucose in the blood), growth (e.g. growth hormone promotes growth and regulates fat, carbohydrate and protein metabolism), and maturation (e.g. sex hormones promote sexual maturation and reproduction). Endocrine hyperfunction results in disease conditions which are caused by excessive amounts of a hormone or hormones in the bloodstream. The causes of hyperfunction are classified as neoplastic, autoimmune, iatrogenic and inflammatory. The endocrine hyperfunction disorders are a complex group of diseases, not only because there is a large number of glands that can cause a pathology (e.g. anterior pituitary, posterior pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid, adrenal cortex, adrenal medulla, pancreas, ovaries, testis) but because many of the glands produce more than one hormone (e.g. the anterior pituitary produces corticotrophin, prolactin, luteinizing hormone, follicle stimulating hormone, thyroid stimulating hormone and gonadotrophins). The majority of disorders that cause hormone excess are due to neoplastic growth of hormone producing cells. However, certain tumours of non-endocrine origin can synthesise hormones causing endocrine hyperfunction disease symptoms. The hormone production under these conditions is termed “ectopic”. Surgical removal or radiation induced destruction of part or all of the hypersecreting tissue is frequently the treatment of choice. However, these approaches are not always applicable, result in complete loss of hormone production or have to be repeated due to re-growth of the secreting tissue.
- A further level of complexity in endocrine hyperfunction disorders arises in a group of conditions termed multiple endocrine neoplasia (MEN) where two or more endocrine glands are involved. The multiple endocrine neoplasia syndromes (MEN1 and MEN2) are familial conditions with an autosomal dominant pattern of inheritance. MEN1 is characterised by the association of parathyroid hyperplasia, pancreatic endocrine tumours, and pituitary adenomas, and has a prevalence of about 1 in 10000. MEN2 is the association of medullary cell carcinoma of the thyroid and phaeochromocytoma, though parathyroid hyperplasia may also occur in some sufferers.
- Most of the morbidity associated with MEN1 is due to the effects of pancreatic endocrine tumours. Often surgery is not possible and the therapeutic aim is to reduce hormone excess. Aside from reducing tumour bulk, which is often precluded, inhibition of hormone secretion is the preferred course of action. Current procedures include subcutaneous application of the somatostatin analogue, octreotide. However, this approach is only temporarily effective, and the success diminishes over a period of months.
- Many further disease states are known that involve secretion from other non-endocrine, non-neuronal cells. It would accordingly be desirable to treat, reduce or prevent secretion by non-neuronal cells, such as hyperfunction of the endocrine cells that causes or leads to these disease conditions.
- The activity of the botulinum neurotoxins is exclusively restricted to inhibition of neurotransmitter release from neurons. This is due to the exclusive expression of high affinity binding sites for clostridial neurotoxins on neuronal cells [see Daniels-Holgate, P. U. and Dolly, J. O. (1996) Productive and non-productive binding of botulinum neurotoxin to motor nerve endings are distinguished by its heavy chain. J. Neurosci. Res. 44, 263-271].
- Non-neuronal cells do not possess the high affinity binding sites for clostridial neurotoxins, and are therefore refractory to the inhibitory effects of exogenously applied neurotoxin. Simple application of clostridial neurotoxins to the surface of non-neuronal cells does not therefore lead to inhibition of secretory vesicle exocytosis.
- The productive binding or lack of productive binding of clostridial neurotoxins thereby defines neuronal and non-neuronal cells respectively.
- In addition to lacking high affinity binding sites for clostridial neurotoxins, absence of the correct internalisation and intracellular routing mechanism, or additional factors that are not yet understood, would prevent clostridial neurotoxin action in non-neuronal cells.
- It is known from WO96/33273 that hybrid clostridial neurotoxins endopeptidases can be prepared and that these hybrids effectively inhibit release of neurotransmitters from neuronal cells to which they are targeted, such as pain transmitting neurons. WO96/33273 describes the activity of hybrids only in neuronal systems where neuronal mechanisms of internalisation and vesicular routing are operational.
- Non-neuronal cells are, however, refractory to the effects of clostridial neurotoxins, since simple application of clostridial neurotoxins to the surface of non-neuronal cells does not lead to inhibition of secretory vesicle exocytosis. This insensitivity of non-neuronal cells to clostridial neurotoxins may be due to absence of the requisite receptor, absence of the correct internalisation & intracellular routing mechanism, or additional factors that are not yet understood.
- WO95/17904 describes the use of C. botulinum holotoxin in the treatment of various disorders such as excessive sweating, lacrimation and mucus secretion, and pain. WO95/17904 describes treatment by targeting neuronal cells
- It is an object of the present invention to provide methods and compositions for inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells.
- Accordingly, the present invention is based upon the use of a composition which inhibits the exocytotic machinery in neuronal cells and which surprisingly has been found to be effective at inhibiting exocytotic processes in non-neuronal cells.
- A first aspect of the invention thus provides a method of inhibiting secretion from a non-neuronal cell comprising administering an agent comprising at least first and second domains, wherein the first domain cleaves one or more proteins essential to exocytosis and the second domain translocates the first domain into the cell.
- Advantageously, the invention provides for inhibition of non-neuronal secretion and enables treatment of disease caused, exacerbated or maintained by such secretion.
- An agent for use in the invention is suitably prepared by replacement of the cell-binding HC domain of a clostridial neurotoxin with a ligand capable of binding to the surface of non-neuronal cells. Surprisingly, this agent is capable of inhibiting the exocytosis of a variety of secreted substances from non-neuronal cells. By covalently linking a clostridial neurotoxin, or a hybrid of two clostridial neurotoxins, in which the HC region of the H-chain has been removed or modified, to a new molecule or moiety, the Targeting Moiety (TM), an agent is produced that binds to a binding site (BS) on the surface of the relevant non-neuronal secretory cells. A further surprising aspect of the present invention is that if the L-chain of a clostridial neurotoxin, or a fragment, variant or derivative of the L-chain containing the endopeptidase activity, is covalently linked to a TM which can also effect internalisation of the L-chain, or a fragment of the endopeptidase activity, into the cytoplasm of a non-neuronal secretory cell, this also produces an agent capable of inhibiting secretion. Thus, the present invention overcomes the insusceptibility of non-neuronal cells to the inhibitory effects of clostridial neurotoxins.
- An example of an agent of the invention is a polypeptide comprising first and second domains, wherein said first domain cleaves one or more vesicle or plasma-membrane associated proteins essential to neuronal exocytosis and wherein said second domain translocates the polypeptide into the cell or translocates at least that portion responsible for the inhibition of exocytosis into the non-neuronal cell. The polypeptide can be derived from a neurotoxin in which case the polypeptide is typically free of clostridial neurotoxin and free of any clostridial neurotoxin precursor that can be converted into toxin by proteolytic action, being accordingly substantially non-toxic and suitable for therapeutic use. Accordingly, the invention may thus use polypeptides containing a domain equivalent to a clostridial toxin light chain and a domain providing the translocation function of the HN of a clostridial toxin heavy chain, whilst lacking the functional aspects of a clostridial toxin HC domain.
- In use of the invention, the polypeptide is administered in vivo to a patient, the first domain is translocated into a non-neuronal cell by action of the second domain and cleaves one or more vesicle or plasma-membrane associated proteins essential to the specific cellular process of exocytosis, and cleavage of these proteins results in inhibition of exocytosis, thereby resulting in inhibition of secretion, typically in a non-cytotoxic manner.
- The polypeptide of the invention may be obtained by expression of a recombinant nucleic acid, preferably a DNA, and can be a single polypeptide, that is to say not cleaved into separate light and heavy chain domains or two polypeptides linked for example by a disulphide bond.
- The first domain preferably comprises a clostridial toxin light chain or a functional fragment or variant of a clostridial toxin light chain. The fragment is optionally an N-terminal, or C-terminal fragment of the light chain, or is an internal fragment, so long as it substantially retains the ability to cleave the vesicle or plasma-membrane associated protein essential to exocytosis. The minimal domains necessary for the activity of the light chain of clostridial toxins are described in J. Biol. Chem., Vol. 267, No. 21, July 1992, pages 14721-14729. The variant has a different peptide sequence from the light chain or from the fragment, though it too is capable of cleaving the vesicle or plasma-membrane associated protein. It is conveniently obtained by insertion, deletion and/or substitution of a light chain or fragment thereof. A variety of variants are possible, including (i) an N-terminal extension to a clostridial toxin light chain or fragment (ii) a clostridial toxin light chain or fragment modified by alteration of at least one amino acid (iii) a C-terminal extension to a clostridial toxin light chain or fragment, or (iv) combinations of 2 or more of (i)-(iii). In further embodiments of the invention, the variant contains an amino acid sequence modified so that (a) there is no protease sensitive region between the LC and HN components of the polypeptide, or (b) the protease sensitive region is specific for a particular protease. This latter embodiment is of use if it is desired to activate the endopeptidase activity of the light chain in a particular environment or cell, though, in general, the polypeptides of the invention are in an active form prior to administration.
- The first domain preferably exhibits endopeptidase activity specific for a substrate selected from one or more of SNAP-25, synaptobrevin/VAMP and syntaxin. The clostridial toxin from which this domain can be obtained or derived is preferably botulinum toxin or tetanus toxin. The polypeptide can further comprise a light chain or fragment or variant of one toxin type and a heavy chain or fragment or variant of another toxin type.
- The second domain preferably comprises a clostridial toxin heavy chain HN portion or a fragment or variant of a clostridial toxin heavy chain HN portion. The fragment is optionally an N-terminal or C-terminal or internal fragment, so long as it retains the function of the HN domain. Teachings of regions within the HN responsible for its function are provided for example in Biochemistry 1995, 34, pages 15175-15181 and Eur. J. Biochem, 1989, 185, pages 197-203. The variant has a different sequence from the HN domain or fragment, though it too retains the function of the HN domain. It is conveniently obtained by insertion, deletion and/or substitution of a HN domain or fragment thereof, and examples of variants include (i) an N-terminal extension to a HN domain or fragment, (ii) a C-terminal extension to a HN domain or fragment, (iii) a modification to a HN domain or fragment by alteration of at least one amino acid, or (iv) combinations of 2 or more of (i)-(iii). The clostridial toxin is preferably botulinum toxin or tetanus toxin.
- In preparation of the polypeptides by recombinant means, methods employing fusion proteins can be employed, for example a fusion protein comprising a fusion of (a) a polypeptide of the invention as described above with (b) a second polypeptide adapted for binding to a chromatography matrix so as to enable purification of the fusion protein using said chromatography matrix. It is convenient for the second polypeptide to be adapted to bind to an affinity matrix, such as glutathione Sepharose, enabling rapid separation and purification of the fusion protein from an impure source, such as a cell extract or supernatant.
- One second purification polypeptide is glutathione-S-transferase (GST), and others may be chosen so as to enable purification on a chromatography column according to conventional techniques.
- In a second aspect of the invention there is provided a method of inhibiting secretion from selected non-neuronal cells responsible for regulated secretion by administering an agent of the invention.
- In a third aspect of the invention there is provided a method of treatment of disease resulting, or caused or maintained by secretions from non-neuronal cells, comprising administering an agent of the invention.
- In further aspects of the invention there are provided agents of the invention targeted to non-neuronal cells responsible for secretion.
- In one embodiment of the invention, an agent is provided for the treatment of conditions resulting from hyperfunction of endocrine cells, for example endocrine neoplasia.
- Accordingly, an agent of the invention is used in the treatment of endocrine hyperfunction, to inhibit secretion of endocrine cell-derived chemical messengers. An advantage of the invention is that effective treatment of endocrine hyperfunction and associated disease states is now provided, offering relief to sufferers where hitherto there was none and no such agent available.
- A further advantage of the invention is that agents are made available which, in use, result in the inhibition of or decrease in hypersecretion of multiple hormones from a single endocrine gland. Thus, the multitude of disorders that result from hyperfunction of one gland (e.g. the anterior pituitary) will be simultaneously treated by a reduction in the function of the hypersecreting gland.
- The agent preferably comprises a ligand or targeting domain which binds to an endocrine cell, and is thus rendered specific for these cell types. Examples of suitable ligands include iodine; thyroid stimulating hormone (TSH); TSH receptor antibodies; antibodies to the islet-specific monosialo-ganglioside GM2-1; insulin, insulin-like growth factor and antibodies to the receptors of both; TSH releasing hormone (protirelin) and antibodies to its receptor; FSH/LH releasing hormone (gonadorelin) and antibodies to its receptor; corticotrophin releasing hormone (CRH) and antibodies to its receptor; and ACTH and antibodies to its receptor. According to the invention, an endocrine targeted agent may thus be suitable for the treatment of a disease selected from: endocrine neoplasia including MEN; thyrotoxicosis and other diseases dependent on hypersecretions from the thyroid; acromegaly, hyperprolactinaemia, Cushings disease and other diseases dependent on anterior pituitary hypersecretion; hyperandrogenism, chronic anovulation and other diseases associated with polycystic ovarian syndrome.
- In a further embodiment, an agent of the invention is used for the treatment of conditions resulting from secretions of inflammatory cells, for example allergies. Ligands suitable to target agent to these cells include (i) for mast cells, complement receptors in general, including C4 domain of the Fc IgE, and antibodies/ligands to the C3a/C4a-R complement receptor; (ii) for eosinophils, antibodies/ligands to the C3a/C4a-R complement receptor, anti VLA-4 monoclonal antibody, anti-IL5 receptor, antigens or antibodies reactive toward CR4 complement receptor; (iii) for macrophages and monocytes, macrophage stimulating factor, (iv) for macrophages, monocytes and neutrophils, bacterial LPS and yeast B-glucans which bind to CR3, (v) for neutrophils, antibody to OX42, an antigen associated with the iC3b complement receptor, or IL8; (vi) for fibroblasts, mannose 6-phosphate/insulin-like growth factor-beta (M6P/IGF-II) receptor and PA2.26, antibody to a cell-surface receptor for active fibroblasts in mice.
- According to a preferred embodiment of the present invention, the TM is a growth factor, preferably an epidermal growth factor (EGF), vascular endothelial growth factor, platelet-derived growth factor, keratinocyte growth factor, hepatocyte growth factor, transforming growth factor alpha, transforming growth factor beta.
- According to another preferred embodiment of the present invention, the TM is a peptide or protein that binds to an inflammatory cell. A preferred example of such a TM is an integrin-binding protein.
- Integrins are obligate heterodimer transmembrane proteins containing two distinct chains a (alpha) and D (beta) subunits. In mammals, 19 alpha and 8 beta subunits have been characterised—see Humphries, M. J. (2000), Integrin structure. Biochem Soc Trans. 28: 311-339, which is herein incorporated by reference thereto. Integrin subunits span through the plasma membrane, and in general have very short cytoplasmic domains of about 40-70 amino acids. Outside the cell plasma membrane, the alpha and beta chains lie close together along a length of about 23 nm, the final 5 nm NH2-termini of each chain forming a ligand-binding region to which an agent of the present invention binds.
- Preferred integrin-binding proteins of the present invention comprise the amino sequence Arg-Gly-Asp (“RGD”), which binds to the above-described ligand-binding region—see Craig. D et al. (2004), Structural insights into how the MIDAS ion stabilizes integrin binding to an RGD peptide under force. Structure, vol. 12, pp 2049-2058, which is herein incorporated by reference thereto.
- In one embodiment, the integrin-binding protein TMs of the present invention have an amino acid length of between 3 and 100, preferably between 3 and 50, more preferably between 5 and 25, and particularly preferably between 5 and 15 amino acid residues.
- The TMs of the present invention may form linear or cyclic structures.
- Preferred integrin-binding TMs of the present invention include actin, alpha-actinin, focal contact adhesion kinase, paxillin, talin, RACK1, collagen, laminin, fibrinogen, heparin, phytohaemagglutinin, fibronectin, vitronectin, VCAM-1, ICAM-1, ICAM-2 and serum protein. Many integrins recognise the triple Arg-Gly-Asp (RGD) peptide sequence (Ruoslahti, 1996). The RGD motif is found in over 100 proteins including fibronectin, tenascin, fibrinogen and vitronectin. The RGD-integrin interaction is exploited as a conserved mechanism of cell entry by many pathogens including coxsackievirus (Roivaninen et al., 1991) and adenovirus (Mathias et al., 1994).
- Additionally preferred integrin-binding TMs of the present invention include proteins selected from the following sequences: Arg-Gly-Asp-Phe-Val (SEQ ID NO:23); Arg-Gly-Asp-{D-Phe}-{N-methyl-Val} (SEQ ID NO:23); RGDFV (SEQ ID NO:23); RGDfNMeV (SEQ ID NO:23); GGRGDMFGA (SEQ ID NO:21); GGCRGDMFGCA (SEQ ID NO:22); GRGDSP (SEQ ID NO:26); GRGESP (SEQ ID NO:27); PLAEIDGIEL (SEQ ID NO:24 and CPLAEIDGIELC (SEQ ID NO:25). Reference to the above sequences embraces linear and cyclic forms, together with peptides exhibiting at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99% sequence identity with said sequences. All of said TMs preferably retain the “RGD” tri-peptide sequence.
- Diseases thus treatable according to the invention include diseases selected from allergies (seasonal allergic rhinitis (hay fever), allergic conjunctivitis, vasomotor rhinitis and food allergy), eosinophilia, asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, discoid lupus erythematosus, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, hemorrhoids, pruritus, glomerulonephritis, hepatitis, pancreatitis, gastritis, vasculitis, myocarditis, psoriasis, eczema, chronic radiation-induced fibrosis, lung scarring and other fibrotic disorders.
- VAMP expression has been demonstrated in B-lymphocytes [see Olken, S. K. and Corley, R. B. 1998, Mol. Biol. Cell. 9, 207a]. Thus, an agent according to the present invention, when targeted to a B-lymphocyte and following internalisation and retrograde transport, may exert its inhibitory effect on such target cells.
- In a further embodiment, an agent of the invention is provided for the treatment of conditions resulting from secretions of the exocrine cells, for example acute pancreatitis (Hansen et al, 1999, J. Biol. Chem. 274, 22871-22876). Ligands suitable to target agent to these cells include pituitary adenyl cyclase activating peptide (PACAP-38) or an antibody to its receptor. The present invention also concerns treatment of mucus hypersecretion from mucus-secreting cells located in the alimentary tract, in particular located in the colon.
- Gaisano, H. Y. et al. (1994) J. Biol. Chem. 269, pp. 17062-17066 has demonstrated that, following in vitro membrane permeabilisation to permit cellular entry, tetanus toxin light chain cleaves a vesicle-associated membrane protein (VAMP)
isoform 2 in rat pancreatic zymogen granules, and inhibits enzyme secretion. Thus, an agent according to the present invention, when targeted to a pancreatic cell and following internalisation and retrograde transport, may exert its inhibitory effect on such target cells. - In a further embodiment, an agent of the invention is used for the treatment of conditions resulting from secretions of immunological cells, for example autoimmune disorders where B lymphocytes are to be targeted (immunosuppression). Ligands suitable to target agent to these cells include Epstein Barr virus fragment/surface feature or idiotypic antibody (binds to CR2 receptor on B-lymphocytes and lymph node follicular dendritic cells). Diseases treatable include myasthenia gravis, rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, discoid lupus erythematosus, organ transplant, tissue transplant, fluid transplant, Graves disease, thyrotoxicosis, autoimmune diabetes, hemolytic anaemia, thrombocytopenic purpura, neutropenia, chronic autoimmune hepatitis, autoimmune gastritis, pernicious anaemia, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Addison's disease, Sjogren's syndrome, primary biliary cirrhosis, polymyositis, scleroderma, systemic sclerosis, pemphigus vulgaris, bullous pemphigoid, myocarditis, rheumatic carditis, glomerulonephritis (Goodpasture type), uveitis, orchitis, ulcerative colitis, vasculitis, atrophic gastritis, pernicious anaemia,
type 1 diabetes mellitus. - By using cell permeabilisation techniques it has been possible to internalise BoNT/C into eosinophils [see Pinxteren J A, et al (2000) Biochimie, April; 82(4):385-93 Thirty years of stimulus-secretion coupling: from Ca(2+) to GTP in the regulation of exocytosis]. Following internalisation, BoNT/C exerted an inhibitory effect on exocytosis in eosinophils. Thus, an agent according to the present invention, when targeted to an eosinophil and following internalisation and retrograde transport, may exert its inhibitory effect on such target cells.
- In a further embodiment of the invention, an agent is provided for the treatment of conditions resulting from secretions of cells of the cardiovascular system. Suitable ligands for targeting platelets for the treatment of disease states involving inappropriate platelet activation and thrombus formation include thrombin and TRAP (thrombin receptor agonist peptide) or antibodies to CD31/PECAM-1, CD24 or CD106NCAM-1, and ligands for targeting cardiovascular endothelial cells for the treatment of hypertension include GP1b surface antigen recognising antibodies.
- In a further embodiment of the invention, an agent is provided for the treatment of bone disorders. Suitable ligands for targeting osteoblasts for the treatment of a disease selected from osteopetrosis and osteoporosis include calcitonin, and for targeting an agent to osteoclasts include osteoclast differentiation factors (eg. TRANCE, or RANKL or OPGL), and an antibody to the receptor RANK.
- In use of the invention, a Targeting moiety (TM) provides specificity for the BS on the relevant non-neuronal secretory cells. The TM component of the agent can comprise one of many cell binding molecules, including, but not limited to, antibodies, monoclonal antibodies, antibody fragments (Fab, F(ab)′2, Fv, ScFv, etc.), lectins, hormones, cytokines, growth factors, peptides, carbohydrates, lipids, glycons, nucleic acids or complement components.
- The TM is selected in accordance with the desired cell-type to which the agent of the present invention is to be targeted, and preferably has a high specificity and/or affinity for non-neuronal target cells. Preferably, the TM does not substantially bind to neuronal cells of the presynaptic muscular junction, and thus the agent is substantially non-toxic in that it is not capable of effecting muscular paralysis. This is in contrast to clostridial holotoxin which targets the presynaptic muscular junction and effects muscular paralysis. In addition, preferably the TM does not substantially bind to neuronal peripheral sensory cells, and thus the agent does not exert any substantial analgesic effect. Preferably, the TM does not substantially bind to neuronal cells, and does not therefore permit the agent to exert an inhibitory effect on secretion in a neuronal cell.
- It is known in the art that the HC portion of the neurotoxin molecule can be removed from the other portion of the H-chain, known as HN, such that the HN fragment remains disulphide linked to the L-chain of the neurotoxin providing a fragment known as LHN. Thus, in one embodiment of the present invention the LHN fragment of a clostridial neurotoxin is covalently linked, using linkages which may include one or more spacer regions, to a TM.
- In another embodiment of the invention, the HC domain of a clostridial neurotoxin is mutated, blocked or modified, e.g. by chemical modification, to reduce or preferably incapacitate its ability to bind the neurotoxin to receptors at the neuromuscular junction. This modified clostridial neurotoxin is then covalently linked, using linkages which may include one or more spacer regions, to a TM.
- In another embodiment of the invention, the heavy chain of a clostridial neurotoxin, in which the HC domain is mutated, blocked or modified, e.g. by chemical modification, to reduce or preferably incapacitate its ability to bind the neurotoxin to receptors at the neuromuscular junction, is combined with the L-chain of a different clostridial neurotoxin. This hybrid, modified clostridial neurotoxin is then covalently linked, using linkages which may include one or more spacer regions, to a TM.
- In another embodiment of the invention, the HN domain of a clostridial neurotoxin is combined with the L-chain of a different clostridial neurotoxin. This hybrid LHN is then covalently linked, using linkages which may include one or more spacer regions, to a TM.
- In another embodiment of the invention, the light chain of a clostridial neurotoxin, or a fragment of the light chain containing the endopeptidase activity, is covalently linked, using linkages which may include one or more spacer regions, to a TM which can also effect the internalisation of the L-chain, or a fragment of the L-chain containing the endopeptidase activity, into the cytoplasm of the relevant non-neuronal cells responsible for secretion.
- In another embodiment of the invention, the light chain of a clostridial neurotoxin, or a fragment of the light chain containing the endopeptidase activity, is covalently linked, using linkages which may include one or more spacer regions, to a translocation domain to effect transport of the endopeptidase fragment into the cytosol. Examples of translocation domains derived from bacterial neurotoxins are as follows:
- Botulinum type A neurotoxin—amino acid residues (449-871)
- Botulinum type B neurotoxin—amino acid residues (441-858)
- Botulinum type C neurotoxin—amino acid residues (442-866)
- Botulinum type D neurotoxin—amino acid residues (446-862)
- Botulinum type E neurotoxin—amino acid residues (423-845)
- Botulinum type F neurotoxin—amino acid residues (440-864)
- Botulinum type G neurotoxin—amino acid residues (442-863)
- Tetanus neurotoxin—amino acid residues (458-879)
- other clostridial sources include—C. butyricum, and C. argentinense.
- [for the genetic basis of toxin production in Clostridium botulinum and C. tetani, see Henderson et al (1997) in The Clostridia: Molecular Biology and Pathogenesis, Academic press].
- In addition to the above translocation domains derived from clostridial sources, other non-clostridial sources may be employed in an agent according to the present invention. These include, for example, diphtheria toxin [London, E. (1992) Biochem. Biophys. Acta., 1112, pp. 25-51], Pseudomonas exotoxin A [Prior et al (1992) Biochem., 31, pp. 3555-3559], influenza virus haemagglutinin fusogenic peptides [Wagner et al (1992) PNAS, 89, pp. 7934-7938], and amphiphilic peptides [Murata et al (1992) Biochem., 31, pp. 1986-1992].
- In use, the domains of an agent according to the present invention are associated with each other. In one embodiment, two or more of the Domains may be joined together either directly (e.g. by a covalent linkage), or via a linker molecule. Conjugation techniques suitable for use in the present invention have been well documented:—Chemistry of protein conjugation and cross-linking. Edited by Wong, S. S. 1993, CRC Press Inc., Florida; and Bioconjugate techniques, Edited by Hermanson, G. T. 1996, Academic Press, London, UK.
- Direct linkage of two or more of Domains is now described with reference to clostridial neurotoxins and to the present Applicant's nomenclature of clostridial neurotoxin domains, namely Domain B (contains the binding domain), Domain T (contains the translocation domain) and Domain E (contains the protease domain), although no limitation thereto is intended.
- In one embodiment of the present invention, Domains E and T may be mixed together in equimolar quantities under reducing conditions and covalently coupled by repeated dialysis (e.g. at 4° C., with agitation), into physiological salt solution in the absence of reducing agents. At this stage, in contrast to Example 6 of WO94/21300, the E-T complex is not blocked by iodoacetamide, therefore any remaining free —SH groups are retained.
- Domain B is then modified, for example, by derivatisation with SPDP followed by subsequent reduction. In this reaction, SPDP does not remain attached as a spacer molecule to Domain B, but simply increases the efficiency of this reduction reaction.
- Reduced domain B and the E-T complex may then be mixed under non-reducing conditions (e.g. at 4° C.) to form a disulphide-linked E-T-B “agent”.
- In another embodiment, a coupled E-T complex may be prepared according to Example 6 of WO94/21300, including the addition of iodoacetamide to block free sulphydryl groups. However, the E-T complex is not further derivatised, and the remaining chemistry makes use of the free amino (—NH2) groups on amino acid side chains (e.g. lysine, and arginine amino acids).
- Domain B may be derivatised using carbodiimide chemistry (e.g. using EDC) to activate carboxyl groups on amino acid side chains (e.g. glutamate, and aspartate amino acids), and the E-T complex mixed with the derivatised Domain B to result in a covalently coupled (amide bond) E-T-B complex.
- Suitable methodology for the creation of such an agent is, for example, as follows:—
- Domain B was dialysed into MES buffer (0.1 M MES, 0.1 M sodium chloride, pH 5.0) to a final concentration of 0.5 mg/ml. EDAC (1-ethyl-3-[3-dimethylaminopropyl]carbodiimide hydrochloride) was added to final concentrations of 0.2 mg/ml and reacted for 30 min at room temperature. Excess EDAC was removed by desalting over a MES buffer equilibrated PD-10 column (Pharmacia). The derivatised domain B was concentrated (to >2 mg/ml) using
Millipore Biomax 10 concentrators. The E-T complex (1 mg/ml) was mixed for 16 hours at 4° C., and the E-T-B complex purified by size-exclusion chromatography over a Superose 12 HR10/30 column (Pharmacia) to remove unreacted Domain B (column buffer: 50 mM sodium phosphate pH6.5+20 mM NaCl). - As an alternative to direct covalent linkage of the various Domains of an agent according to the present invention, suitable spacer molecules may be employed. The term linker molecule is used synonymously with spacer molecule. Spacer technology was readily available prior to the present application.
- For example, one particular coupling agent (SPDP) is described in Example 6 of WO94/21300 (see lines 3-5 on page 16). In Example 6, SPDP is linked to an E-T complex, thereby providing an E-T complex including a linker molecule. This complex is then reacted a Domain B, which becomes attached to the E-T complex via the linker molecule. In this method, SPDP results in a spacing region of approximately 6.8 Angstroms between different Domains of the “agent” of the present invention.
- A variant of SPDP known as LC-SPDP is identical in all respects to SPDP but for an increased chain length. LC-SPDP may be used to covalently link two Domains of the “agent” of the present invention resulting in a 15.6 Angstrom spacing between these Domains.
- Examples of spacer molecules include, but are not limited to:—
- (GGGGS)2 (SEQ ID NO:28), elbow regions of Fab—[see Anand et al., (1991) J. Biol. Chem. 266, 21874-9];
- (GGGGS)3 (SEQ ID NO:28)-[see Brinkmann et al. (1991) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 88, 8616-20];
- the interdomain linker of cellulose—[see Takkinen et al. (1991) Protein Eng, 4, 837-841];
- PPPIEGR (SEQ ID NO:29)-[see Kim (1993) Protein Science, 2, 348-356];
- Collagen-like spacer—[see Rock (1992) Protein Engineering,
vol 5, No 6, pp 583-591]; and - Trypsin-sensitive diphtheria toxin peptide-[see O'Hare (1990) FEBS, vol 273,
1, 2, pp 200-204].No - In a further embodiment of the present invention, an agent having the structure E-X-T-X-B, where “X” is a spacer molecule between each domain, may be prepared, for example, as follows:—
- Domain E is derivatised with SPDP, but not subsequently reduced. This results in an SPDP-derivatised Domain E.
- Domain T is similarly prepared, but subsequently reduced with 10 mM dithiothreitol (DTT). The 10 mM DTT present in the Domain T preparation, following elution from the QAE column (see Example 6 in WO94/21300), is removed by passage of Domain T through a sephadex G-25 column equilibrated in PBS.
- Domain T free of reducing agent is then mixed with the SPDP-derivatised Domain E, with agitation at 4° C. for 16 hours. E-T complex is isolated from free Domain E and from free Domain T by size-exclusion chromatography (Sephadex G-150). Whereafter, the same procedure can be followed as described in Example 6 of WO94/21300 for rederivatisation of the E-T complex with SPDP, and subsequent coupling thereof to the free sulphydryl on Domain B.
- The agents according to the present invention may be prepared recombinantly.
- In one embodiment, the preparation of a recombinant agent may involve arrangement of the coding sequences of the selected TM and clostridial neurotoxin component in a single genetic construct. These coding sequences may be arranged in-frame so that subsequent transcription and translation is continuous through both coding sequences and results in a fusion protein. All constructs would have a 5′ ATG codon to encode an N-terminal methionine, and a C-terminal translational stop codon.
- Thus, a the light chain of a clostridial neurotoxin (or a fragment of the light chain containing the endopeptidase activity) may be expressed recombinantly as a fusion protein with a TM which can also effect the internalisation of the L-chain (or a fragment thereof) into the cytoplasm of the relevant non-neuronal cells responsible for secretion. The expressed fusion protein may also include one or more spacer regions.
- In the case of an agent based on clostridial neurotoxin, the following information would be required to produce said agent recombinantly:—(i) DNA sequence data relating to a selected TM; (ii) DNA sequence data relating to the clostridial neurotoxin component; and (iii) a protocol to permit construction and expression of the construct comprising (i) and (ii).
- All of the above basic information (i)-(iii) are either readily available, or are readily determinable by conventional methods. For example, both WO98/07864 and WO99/17806 exemplify clostridial neurotoxin recombinant technology suitable for use in the present application.
- In addition, methods for the construction and expression of the constructs of the present invention may employ information from the following references and others:
- Lorberboum-Galski, H., FitzGerald, D., Chaudhary, V., Adhya, S., Pastan, I. (1988). Cytotoxic activity of an interleukin 2-Pseudomonas exotoxin chimeric protein produced in Escherichia coli. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 85(6):1922-6;
- Murphy, J. R. (1988) Diphtheria-related peptide hormone gene fusions: a molecular genetic approach to chimeric toxin development. Cancer Treat Res; 37:123-40;
- Williams, D. P., Parker, K., Bacha, P., Bishai, W., Borowski, M., Genbauffe, F., Strom, T. B., Murphy, J. R. (1987). Diphtheria toxin receptor binding domain substitution with interleukin-2: genetic construction and properties of a diphtheria toxin-related interleukin-2 fusion protein. Protein Eng; 1(6):493-8;
- Arora, N., Williamson, L. C., Leppla, S. H., Halpern, J. L. (1994). Cytotoxic effects of a chimeric protein consisting of tetanus toxin light chain and anthrax toxin lethal factor in non-neuronal cells J Biol Chem, 269(42):26165-71;
- Brinkmann, U., Reiter, Y., Jung, S. H., Lee, B., Pastan, I. (1993). A recombinant immunotoxin containing a disulphide-stabilized Fv fragment. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA; 90(16):7538-42; and
- O'Hare, M., Brown, A. N., Hussain, K., Gebhardt, A., Watson, G., Roberts, L. M., Vitetta, E. S., Thorpe, P. E., Lord, J. M. (1990). Cytotoxicity of a recombinant ricin-A-chain fusion protein containing a proteolytically-cleavable spacer sequence. FEBS Lett October 29; 273(1-2):200-4.
- Suitable clostridial neurotoxin sequence information relating to L- and LHN-chains may be obtained from, for example, Kurazono, H. (1992) J. Biol. Chem., vol. 267, No. 21, pp. 14721-14729; and Popoff, M. R., and Marvaud, J.-C. (1999) The Comprehensive Sourcebook of Bacterial Protein Toxins, 2nd edition (ed. Alouf, J. E., and Freer, J. H.), Academic Press, pp. 174-201.
- Similarly, suitable TM sequence data are widely available in the art. Alternatively, any necessary sequence data may be obtained by techniques which were well-known to the skilled person.
- For example, DNA encoding the TM component may be cloned from a source organism by screening a cDNA library for the correct coding region (for example by using specific oligonucleotides based on the known sequence information to probe the library), isolating the TM DNA, sequencing this DNA for confirmation purposes, and then placing the isolated DNA in an appropriate expression vector for expression in the chosen host.
- As an alternative to isolation of the sequence from a library, the available sequence information may be employed to prepare specific primers for use in PCR, whereby the coding sequence is then amplified directly from the source material and, by suitable use of primers, may be cloned directly into an expression vector.
- Another alternative method for isolation of the coding sequence is to use the existing sequence information and synthesise a copy, possibly incorporating alterations, using DNA synthesis technology. For example, DNA sequence data may be generated from existing protein and/or RNA sequence information. Using DNA synthesis technology to do this (and the alternative described above) enables the codon bias of the coding sequence to be modified to be optimal for the chosen expression host. This may give rise to superior expression levels of the fusion protein.
- Optimisation of the codon bias for the expression host may be applied to the DNA sequences encoding the TM and clostridial components of the construct. Optimisation of the codon bias is possible by application of the protein sequence into freely available DNA/protein database software, e.g. programs available from Genetics Computer Group, Inc.
- According to a further aspect of the present invention, nucleic acid encoding the light chain of a clostridial neurotoxin (or a fragment of the light chain containing the endopeptidase activity), may be associated with a TM which can also effect the internalisation of the nucleic acid encoding the L-chain (or a fragment thereof) into the cytoplasm of the relevant non-neuronal cells responsible for secretion. The nucleic acid sequence may be coupled to a translocation domain, and optionally to a targeting moiety, by for example direct covalent linkage or via spacer molecule technology. Ideally, the coding sequence will be expressed in the target cell.
- Thus, the agent of the present invention may be the expression product of a recombinant gene delivered independently to the preferred site of action of the agent. Gene delivery technologies are widely reported in the literature [reviewed in “Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews” Vol. 27, (1997), Elsevier Science Ireland Ltd].
- According to another aspect, the present invention therefore provides a method of treating a condition or disease which is susceptible of treatment with a nucleic acid in a mammal e.g. a human which comprises administering to the sufferer an effective, non-toxic amount of a compound of the invention. A condition or disease which is susceptible of treatment with a nucleic acid may be for example a condition or disease which may be treated by or requiring gene therapy. The preferred conditions or diseases susceptible to treatment according to the present invention, together with the preferred TMs, have been described previously in this specification. Similarly, the preferred first domains which cleave one or more proteins (eg. SNAP-25, synaptobrevin and syntaxin) essential to exocytosis have been described previously in this specification. The various domains of an agent for use in gene therapy may be directly linked (e.g. via a covalent bond) or indirectly linked (e.g. via a spacer molecule), as for example previously described in this specification.
- The invention further provides a compound of the invention for use as an active therapeutic substance, in particular for use in treating a condition or disease as set forth in the present claims.
- The invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising an agent or a conjugate of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- In use the agent or conjugate will normally be employed in the form of a pharmaceutical composition in association with a human pharmaceutical carrier, diluent and/or excipient, although the exact form of the composition will depend on the mode of administration.
- The conjugate may, for example, be employed in the form of an aerosol or nebulisable solution for inhalation or a sterile solution for parenteral administration, intra-articular administration or intra-cranial administration.
- For treating endocrine targets, i.v. injection, direct injection into gland, or aerosolisation for lung delivery are preferred; for treating inflammatory cell targets, i.v. injection, sub-cutaneous injection, or surface patch administration are preferred; for treating exocrine targets, i.v. injection, or direct injection into the gland are preferred; for treating immunological targets, i.v. injection, or injection into specific tissues e.g. thymus, bone marrow, or lymph tissue are preferred; for treatment of cardiovascular targets, i.v. injection is preferred; and for treatment of bone targets, i.v. injection, or direct injection is preferred. In cases of i.v. injection, this should also include the use of pump systems.
- The dosage ranges for administration of the compounds of the present invention are those to produce the desired therapeutic effect. It will be appreciated that the dosage range required depends on the precise nature of the conjugate, the route of administration, the nature of the formulation, the age of the patient, the nature, extent or severity of the patient's condition, contraindications, if any, and the judgement of the attending physician.
- Suitable daily dosages are in the range 0.0001-1 mg/kg, preferably 0.0001-0.5 mg/kg, more preferably 0.002-0.5 mg/kg, and particularly preferably 0.004-0.5 mg/kg. The unit dosage can vary from less that 1 microgram to 30 mg, but typically will be in the region of 0.01 to 1 mg per dose, which may be administered daily or less frequently, such as weekly or six monthly.
- Wide variations in the required dosage, however, are to be expected depending on the precise nature of the conjugate, and the differing efficiencies of various routes of administration. For example, oral administration would be expected to require higher dosages than administration by intravenous injection.
- Variations in these dosage levels can be adjusted using standard empirical routines for optimisation, as is well understood in the art.
- Compositions suitable for injection may be in the form of solutions, suspensions or emulsions, or dry powders which are dissolved or suspended in a suitable vehicle prior to use.
- Fluid unit dosage forms are typically prepared utilising a pyrogen-free sterile vehicle. The active ingredients, depending on the vehicle and concentration used, can be either dissolved or suspended in the vehicle.
- Solutions may be used for all forms of parenteral administration, and are particularly used for intravenous injection. In preparing solutions the compound can be dissolved in the vehicle, the solution being made isotonic if necessary by addition of sodium chloride and sterilised by filtration through a sterile filter using aseptic techniques before filling into suitable sterile vials or ampoules and sealing. Alternatively, if solution stability is adequate, the solution in its sealed containers may be sterilised by autoclaving.
- Advantageously additives such as buffering, solubilising, stabilising, preservative or bactericidal, suspending or emulsifying agents and/or local anaesthetic agents may be dissolved in the vehicle.
- Dry powders which are dissolved or suspended in a suitable vehicle prior to use may be prepared by filling pre-sterilised drug substance and other ingredients into a sterile container using aseptic technique in a sterile area.
- Alternatively the agent and other ingredients may be dissolved in an aqueous vehicle, the solution is sterilized by filtration and distributed into suitable containers using aseptic technique in a sterile area. The product is then freeze dried and the containers are sealed aseptically.
- Parenteral suspensions, suitable for intramuscular, subcutaneous or intradermal injection, are prepared in substantially the same manner, except that the sterile compound is suspended in the sterile vehicle, instead of being dissolved and sterilisation cannot be accomplished by filtration. The compound may be isolated in a sterile state or alternatively it may be sterilised after isolation, e.g. by gamma irradiation.
- Advantageously, a suspending agent for example polyvinylpyrrolidone is included in the composition to facilitate uniform distribution of the compound.
- Compositions suitable for administration via the respiratory tract include aerosols, nebulisable solutions or microfine powders for insufflation. In the latter case, particle size of less than 50 microns, especially less than 10 microns, is preferred. Such compositions may be made up in a conventional manner and employed in conjunction with conventional administration devices.
- The agent described in this invention can be used in vivo, either directly or as a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, for the treatment of conditions involving secretion from non-neuronal cells, such as hypersecretion of endocrine cell derived chemical messengers, hypersecretion from exocrine cells, secretions from the cells of the immune system, the cardiovascular system and from bone cells.
- The present invention will now be described by reference to the following examples illustrated by the accompanying drawings in which:—
-
FIG. 1 shows SDS-PAGE analysis of WGA-LHN/A purification scheme; -
FIG. 2 shows activity of WGA-LHN/A on release of transmitter from HIT-T15 cells; -
FIG. 3 shows correlation of SNAP-25 cleavage with inhibition of neurotransmitter release following application of WGA-LHN/A to HIT-T15 cells; -
FIG. 4 shows activity of WGA-LHN/A on release of [3H]-noradrenaline from undifferentiated PC12 cells; -
FIG. 5 shows a Western blot indicating expression of recLHN/B in E. coli; -
FIG. 6 shows in vitro cleavage of synthetic VAMP peptide by recLHN/B; -
FIG. 7 shows the effect of low pH and BoNT/B treatment on stimulated von Willebrands Factor (vWF) release from human umbilical vein endothelial cells; -
FIG. 8 shows release of [3H]-glucosamine labelled high molecular weight material from LS180 cells; -
FIG. 9 shows the effect of low pH and BoNT/B treatment on stimulated .beta.-glucuronidase release from differentiated HL60 cells; -
FIG. 10 shows purification of a LHN/C-EGF fusion protein; -
FIG. 11 shows purification of a LHN/B-EGF fusion protein; -
FIG. 12 shows purification of a LHN/C-RGD fusion protein; -
FIG. 13 shows purification of a LHN/C-cyclic RGD fusion protein; -
FIG. 14 shows purification of a LC/C-RGD-HN/C fusion protein; -
FIG. 15 shows VAMP cleavage activity of LHN/B-EGF; -
FIG. 16 shows effect of 10 nm Syntaxin compounds con LPS-mediated IL-8 secretion by THP-1 cells; -
FIG. 17 shows effect of 10 nm Syntaxin compounds con LPS-mediated IL-10 secretion by RPMI-8226 cells; -
FIG. 18 shows effect of EGF and fusions on IL-8 production and on LPS-stimulated IL-8 secretion; and -
FIG. 19 shows effect of EGF and fusions on IP-10 production and on PHA-stimulated IP-10 secretion. -
FIGS. 5-19 are now described in more detail. - Referring to
FIG. 5 , MBP-LHN/B was expressed in E. coli as described in Example 4.Lane 1 represents the profile of the expressed fusion protein in E. coli.Lane 2 represents the profile of fusion protein expression in the crude E. coli lysate.Lane 3 represents the profile of the MBP-LHN/B following purification by immobilised amylose. Molecular weights in kDa are indicated to the right side of the Figure. - Referring to
FIG. 6 , dilutions of recLHN/B (prepared as described in Example 4) and BoNT/B were compared in an in vitro peptide cleavage assay. Data indicate that the recombinant product has similar catalytic activity to that of the native neurotoxin, indicating that the recombinant product has folded correctly into an active conformation. - Referring to
FIG. 7 , cells were exposed to pH 4.7 media with or without 500 nM BoNT/B (control cells received pH7.4 medium) for 2.5 hours then washed. 24 hours later release of vWF was stimulated using 1 mM histamine and the presented results are the net stimulated release with basal subtracted. Results are presented in mIU of vWF/ml and are the mean +/−SEM of three determinations apart from pH 4.7 alone which is two determinations. pH 4.7+BoNT/B has reduced vWF release by 27.4% compared to pH 4.7 controls. - Referring to
FIG. 8 , high molecular weight mucin synthesising colon carcinoma LS180 cells were treated with pH 4.7 medium and pH 4.7 medium containing 500 nM botulinum neurotoxin type B (BoNT/B) for four hours then labelled with [3H]-glucosamine for 18 hours. Release of high molecular weight material was stimulated with 10 μM ionomycin and [3H]-glucosamine labelled material recovered by ultracentrifugation and centrifugal molecular weight sieving. Radiolabel of release of labelled high molecular weight material was determined by scintillation counting and net stimulated release calculated by subtracting non-stimulated basal values. Data are expressed as disintegrations per minute (dpm)+/−SEM of three determinations. BoNT/B co-treatment clearly inhibits the release of high molecular weight material from these mucin synthesising cells and in this experiment a 74.5% reduction was seen. - Referring to
FIG. 9 , cells were exposed to pH 4.8 media with or without 500 nM BoNT/B (control cells received pH 7.4 medium) for 2.5 hours then washed and differentiated for 40 hours by the addition of 300 μM dibutyryl cyclic AMP (dbcAMP). Cells were stimulated with fMet-Leu-Phe (1 μM)+ATP (100 μM) in the presence of cytochalasin B (5 μM) for 10 minutes and released β-glucuronidase determined by colourimetric assay. Net stimulated release was calculated by subtraction of unstimulated basal release values from stimulated values and released activity is expressed as a percentage of the total activity present in the cells. Data are the mean +/−SEM of three determinations. BoNT/B treatment in low pH medium significantly inhibited stimulated release of β-glucuronidase compared to cells treated with low pH alone (p=0.0315 when subjected to a 2 tailed Student T test with groups of unequal variance). - Referring to
FIG. 10 , using the methodology outlined in Example 11, a LHN/C-EGF fusion protein was purified from E. coli BL21 cells. Briefly, the soluble products obtained following cell disruption were applied to a nickel-charged affinity capture column. Bound proteins were eluted with 100 mM imidazole, treated with Factor Xa to activate the fusion protein and remove the maltose-binding protein (MBP) tag, then re-applied to a second nickel-charged affinity capture column. Samples from the purification procedure were assessed by SDS-PAGE.Lane 1 & 6: Molecular mass markers (kDa), lane 2: Clarified crude cell lysate, lane 3: First nickel chelating Sepharose column eluant, lane 4: Factor Xa digested protein, lane 5: Purified LHN/C-EGF under non-reducing conditions, lane 7: Purified LHN/C-EGF under reduced conditions. - Referring to
FIG. 11 , using the methodology outlined in Example 12, a LHN/B-EGF fusion protein was purified from E. coli BL21 cells. Briefly, the soluble products obtained following cell disruption were applied to a nickel-charged affinity capture column. Bound proteins were eluted with 100 mM imidazole, treated with Factor Xa and enterokinase to activate the fusion protein and remove the maltose-binding protein (MBP) tag, then re-applied to a second nickel-charged affinity capture column. Samples from the purification procedure were assessed by SDS-PAGE. The final purified material in the absence and presence of reducing agent is identified in the lanes marked [−] and [+] respectively. - Referring to
FIG. 12 , using the methodology outlined in Example 13, a LHN/C-RGD fusion protein was purified from E. coli BL21 cells. Briefly, the soluble products obtained following cell disruption were applied to a nickel-charged affinity capture column. Bound proteins were eluted with 100 mM imidazole, treated with Factor Xa to activate the fusion protein and remove the maltose-binding protein (MBP) tag, then re-applied to a second nickel-charged affinity capture column. Samples from the purification procedure were assessed by SDS-PAGE. The final purified material in the absence and presence of reducing agent is identified in the lanes marked [−] and [+] respectively. - Referring to
FIG. 13 , using the methodology outlined in Example 14, a LHN/C-cyclic RGD fusion protein was purified from E. coli BL21 cells. Briefly, the soluble products obtained following cell disruption were applied to a nickel-charged affinity capture column. Bound proteins were eluted with 100 mM imidazole, treated with Factor Xa to activate the fusion protein and remove the maltose-binding protein (MBP) tag, then re-applied to a second nickel-charged affinity capture column. Samples from the purification procedure were assessed by SDS-PAGE. The final purified material in the absence and presence of reducing agent is identified in the lanes marked [−] and [+] respectively. - Referring to
FIG. 14 , using the methodology outlined in Example 15, a LC/C-RGD-HN/C fusion protein was purified from E. coli BL21 cells. Briefly, the soluble products obtained following cell disruption were applied to a nickel-charged affinity capture column. Bound proteins were eluted with 100 mM imidazole, treated with Factor Xa to activate the fusion protein and remove the maltose-binding protein (MBP) tag, then re-applied to a second nickel-charged affinity capture column. Samples from the purification procedure were assessed by SDS-PAGE. The final purified material in the absence and presence of reducing agent is identified in the lanes marked [−] and [+] respectively. - Referring to
FIG. 15 , using the methodology outlined in example 16, BoNT/B (●), LHN/B (▪) and LHN/B-EGF (▴) were assayed for VAMP cleavage activity. - Referring to
FIG. 16 , using the methodology outlined in Example 17, the activity of EGF-LHN/C(SXN100501) and EGF-LHN/B (SXN100328) was assessed in THP-1 immune cells. The quantity of secreted IL-8 was determined by Luminex-based technology. Data are presented as % of LPS control. - Referring to
FIG. 17 , using the methodology outlined in Example 18, the activity of EGF-LHN/C (SXN100501) and EGF-LHN/B (SXN100328) was assessed in RPMI-8226 immune cells. The quantity of secreted IL-10 was determined by Luminex-based technology. Data are presented as % of LPS control. - Referring to
FIG. 18 , using the methodology outlined in Example 19, the activity of EGF-LHN/C (SXN100501) and EGF-LHN/B (SXN100328) and CP-RGD-LHN/C (SXN100221) was assessed in PBMC immune cells. The quantity of secreted IL-8 was determined by Luminex-based technology. Data are presented as % of LPS control. - Referring to
FIG. 19 , using the methodology outlined in Example 20, the activity of EGF-LHN/C (SXN100501) and EGF-LHN/B (SXN100328) and CP-RGD-LHN/C (SXN100221) was assessed in PBMC immune cells. The quantity of secreted IP-10 was determined by Luminex-based technology. Data are presented as % of PHA control. - Materials
- Lectin from Triticum vulgaris (Wheat Germ Agglutinin-WGA) was obtained from Sigma Ltd.
- SPDP was from Pierce Chemical Co.
- PD-10 desalting columns were from Pharmacia.
- Dimethylsulphoxide (DMSO) was kept anhydrous by storage over a molecular sieve.
- Denaturing sodium dodecylsulphate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE) and non-denaturing polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis was performed using gels and reagents from Novex.
- Additional reagents were obtained from Sigma Ltd.
- LHN/A was prepared according to a previous method (Shone, C. C. and Tranter, H. S. (1995) in “Clostridial Neurotoxins—The molecular pathogenesis of tetanus and botulism”, (Montecucco, C., Ed.), pp. 152-160, Springer). FPLC chromatography media and columns were obtained from Amersham Pharmacia Biotech, UK. Affi-gel® Hz matrix and materials were from BioRad, UK.
- Preparation of an Anti-BoNT/A Antibody-Affinity Column
- An antibody-affinity column was prepared with specific monoclonal antibodies essentially as suggested by the manufacturers.quadrature. protocol. Briefly, monoclonal antibodies 5BA2.3 & 5BA9.3 which have different epitope recognition in the HC domain (Hallis, B., Fooks, S., Shone, C. and Hambleton, P. (1993) in “Botulinum and Tetanus Neurotoxins”, (DasGupta, B. R., Ed.), pp. 433-436, Plenum Press, New York) were purified from mouse hybridoma tissue culture supernatant by Protein G (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) chromatography. These antibodies represent a source of BoNT/A HC-specific binding molecules and can be immobilised to a matrix or used free in solution to bind BoNT/A. In the presence of partially purified LHN/A (which has no HC domain) these antibodies will only bind to BoNT/A. The antibodies 5BA2.3 & 5BA9.3 were pooled in a 3:1 ratio and two mg of the pooled antibody was oxidised by the addition of sodium periodate (final concentration of 0.2%) prior coupling to 1 ml Affi-Gel Hz™ gel (16 hours at room temperature). Coupling efficiencies were routinely greater than 65%. The matrix was stored at 4° C. in the presence of 0.02% sodium azide.
- Purification Strategy for the Preparation of Pure LHN/A
- BoNT/A was treated with 17 .mu.g trypsin per mg BoNT/A for a period of 72-120 hours. After this time no material of 150 kDa was observed by SDS-PAGE and Coomassie blue staining. The trypsin digested sample was chromatographed (FPLC system, Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) on a Mono Q column (HR5/5) to remove trypsin and separate the majority of BoNT/A from LHN/A. The crude sample was loaded onto the column at
pH 7 in 20 mM HEPES, 50 mM NaCl and 2 ml LHN/A fractions eluted in a NaCl gradient from 50 mM to 150 mM. The slightly greater pl of BoNT/A (6.3) relative to LHN/A (5.2) encouraged any BoNT/A remaining after trypsinisation to elute from the anion exchange column at a lower salt concentration than LHN/A. LHN/A containing fractions (as identified by SDS-PAGE) were pooled for application to the antibody column. - The semi-purified LHN/A mixture was applied and reapplied at least 3 times to a 1-2 ml immobilised monoclonal antibody matrix at 20° C. After a total of 3 hours in contact with the immobilised antibodies, the LHN/A-enriched supernatant was removed. Entrapment of the BoNT/A contaminant, rather than specifically binding the LHN/A, enables the elution conditions to be maintained at the optimum for LHN stability. The use of harsh elution conditions e.g. low pH, high salt, chaotropic ions, which may have detrimental effects on LHN polypeptide folding and enzymatic activity, are therefore avoided. Treatment of the immobilised antibody column with 0.2M glycine/HCl pH2.5 resulted in regeneration of the column and elution of BoNT/A-reactive proteins of 150 kDa.
- The LHN/A enriched sample was then applied 2 times to a 1 ml HiTrap™ Protein G column (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) at 20° C. Protein G was selected since it has a high affinity for mouse monoclonal antibodies. This step was included to remove BoNT/A-antibody complexes that may leach from the immunocolumn. Antibody species bind to the Protein G matrix allowing purified LHN/A to elute, essentially by the method of Shone C. C., Hambleton, P., and Melling, J. 1987, Eur. J. Biochem. 167, 175-180, and as described in PCT/GB00/03519.
- Methods
- The lyophilised lectin was rehydrated in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) to a final concentration of 10 mg/ml. Aliquots of this solution were stored at −20° C. until use.
- The WGA was reacted with an equal concentration of SPDP by the addition of a 10 mM stock solution of SPDP in DMSO with mixing. After one hour at room temperature the reaction was terminated by desalting into PBS over a PD-10 column.
- The thiopyridone leaving group was removed from the product to release a free —SH group by reduction with dithiothreitol (DTT; 5 mM; 30 min). The thiopyridone and DTT were removed by once again desalting into PBS over a PD-10 column.
- The LHN/A was desalted into PBSE (PBS containing 1 mM EDTA). The resulting solution (0.5-1.0 mg/ml) was reacted with a four-fold molar excess of SPDP by addition of a 10 mM stock solution of SPDP in DMSO. After 3 h at room temperature the reaction was terminated by desalting over a PD-10 column into PBSE.
- A portion of the derivatized LHN/A was removed from the solution and reduced with DTT (5 mM, 30 min). This sample was analyzed spectrophotometrically at 280 nm and 343 nm to determine the degree of derivatisation. The degree of derivatisation achieved was 3.53+/−0.59 mol/mol.
- The bulk of the derivatized LHN/A and the derivatized WGA were mixed in proportions such that the WGA was in greater than three-fold molar excess. The conjugation reaction was allowed to proceed for >16 h at 4° C.
- The product mixture was centrifuged to clear any precipitate that had developed. The supernatant was concentrated by centrifugation through concentrators (with 10000 molecular weight exclusion limit) before application to a Superose 12 column on an FPLC chromatography system (Pharmacia). The column was eluted with PBS and the elution profile followed at 280 nm.
- Fractions were analyzed by SDS-PAGE on 4-20% polyacrylamide gradient gels, followed by staining with Coomassie Blue. The major conjugate products have an apparent molecular mass of between 106-150 kDa, these are separated from the bulk of the remaining unconjugated LHN/A and more completely from the unconjugated WGA. Fractions containing conjugate were pooled prior to addition to PBS-washed N-acetylglucosamine-agarose. Lectin-containing proteins (i.e. WGA-LHN/A conjugate) remained bound to the agarose during washing with PBS to remove contaminants (predominantly unconjugated LHN/A). WGA-LHN/A conjugate was eluted from the column by the addition of 0.3M N-acetylglucosamine (in PBS) and the elution profile followed at 280 nm. See
FIG. 1 for SDS-PAGE profile of the whole purification scheme. - The fractions containing conjugate were pooled, dialysed against PBS, and stored at 4° C. until use.
- The hamster pancreatic B cell line HIT-T15 is an example of a cell line of endocrine origin. It thus represents a model cell line for the investigation of inhibition of release effects of the agents. HIT-T15 cells possess surface moieties that allow for the binding, and internalisation, of WGA-LHN/A.
- In contrast, HIT-T15 cells lack suitable receptors for clostridial neurotoxins and are therefore not susceptible to botulinum neurotoxins (BoNTs).
-
FIG. 2 illustrates the inhibition of release of insulin from HIT-T15 cells after prior incubation with WGA-LHN/A. It is clear that dose-dependent inhibition is observed, indicating that WGA-LHN/A can inhibit the release of insulin from an endocrine cell model. - Inhibition of insulin release was demonstrated to correlate with cleavage of the SNARE protein, SNAP-25 (
FIG. 3 ). Thus, inhibition of release of chemical messenger is due to a clostridial endopeptidase-mediated effects of SNARE-protein cleavage. - Materials
- Insulin radioimmunoassay kits were obtained from Linco Research Inc., USA. Western blotting reagents were obtained from Novex.
- Methods
- HIT-T15 cells were seeded onto 12 well plates and cultured in RPMI-1640 medium containing 5% foetal bovine serum, 2 mM L-glutamine for 5 days prior to use. WGA-LHN/A was applied for 4 hours on ice, the cells were washed to remove unbound WGA-LHN/A, and the release of insulin assayed 16 hours later. The release of insulin from HIT-T15 cells was assessed by radioimmunoassay exactly as indicated by the manufacturer's instructions.
- Cells were lysed in 2M acetic acid/0.1% TFA. Lysates were dried then resuspended in 0.1 M Hepes, pH 7.0. To extract the membrane proteins Triton-X-114 (10%, v/v) was added and incubated at 4° C. for 60 min. The insoluble material was removed by centrifugation and the supernatants were warmed to 37° C. for 30 min. The resulting two phases were separated by centrifugation and the upper phase discarded. The proteins in the lower phase were precipitated with chloroform/methanol for analysis by Western blotting.
- The samples were separated by SDS-PAGE and transferred to nitrocellulose. Proteolysis of SNAP-25, a crucial component of the neurosecretory process and the substrate for the zinc-dependent endopeptidase activity of BoNT/A, was then detected by probing with an antibody (SMI-81) that recognises both the intact and cleaved forms of SNAP-25.
- The rat pheochromocytoma PC12 cell line is an example of a cell line of neuroendocrine origin. In its undifferentiated form it has properties associated with the adrenal chromaffin cell [Greene and Tischler, in “Advances in Cellular Neurobiology” (Federoff and Hertz, eds), Vol. 3, p 373-414. Academic Press, New York, [982]. It thus represents a model cell line for the investigation of inhibition of release effects of the agents. PC12 cells possess surface moieties that allow for the binding, and internalisation, of WGA-LHN/A.
FIG. 4 illustrates the inhibition of release of noradrenaline from PC12 cells after prior incubation with WGA-LHN/A. It is clear that dose-dependent inhibition is observed, indicating that WGA-LHN/A can inhibit the release of hormone from a neuroendocrine cell model. Comparison of the inhibition effects observed with conjugate and the untargeted LHN/A demonstrate the requirement for a targeting moiety (TM) for efficient inhibition of transmitter release. - Methods
- PC12 cells were cultured on 24 well plates in RPMI-1640 medium containing 10% horse serum, 5% foetal bovine serum, 1% L-glutamine. Cells were treated with a range of concentrations of WGA-LHN/A for three days. Secretion of noradrenaline was measured by labelling cells with [3\H]-noradrenaline (2 μCi/ml, 0.5 ml/well) for 60 min. Cells were washed every 15 min for 1 hour then basal release determined by incubation with a balanced salt solution containing 5 mM KCl for 5 min. Secretion was stimulated by elevating the concentration of extracellular potassium (100 mM KCl) for 5 min. Radioactivity in basal and stimulated superfusates was determined by scintillation counting. Secretion was expressed as a percentage of the total uptake and stimulated secretion was calculated by subtracting basal. Inhibition of secretion was dose-dependent with an observed IC50 of 0.63+/−0.15 μg/ml (n=3). Inhibition was significantly more potent when compared to untargeted endopeptidase (LHN/A in
FIG. 4 ). Thus WGA-LHN/A inhibits release of neurotransmitter from a model neuroendocrine cell type. - The coding region for LHN/B was inserted in-frame to the 3′ of the gene encoding maltose binding protein (MBP) in the expression vector pMAL (New England Biolabs). In this construct, the expressed MBP and LHN/B polypeptides are separated by a Factor Xa cleavage site.
- Expression of the MBP-LHN/B in E. coli TG1 was induced by addition of IPTG to the growing culture at an approximate OD600 nm of 0.8. Expression was maintained for a further 3 hours in the presence of inducing agent prior to harvest by centrifugation. The recovered cell paste was stored at −20° C. until required.
- The cell paste was resuspended in resuspension buffer (50 mM Hepes pH7.5+150 mM NaCl+ a variety of protease inhibitors) at 6 ml buffer per gram paste. To this suspension was added lysozyme to a final concentration of 1 mg/ml. After 10 min at 0° C., the suspension was sonicated for 6×30 seconds at 24μ at 0° C. The broken cell paste was then centrifuged to remove cell debris and the supernatant recovered for chromatography.
- In some situations, the cell paste was disrupted by using proprietary disruption agents such as BugBuster™ (Novagen) as per the manufacturers protocol. These agents were satisfactory for disruption of the cells to provide supernatant material for affinity chromatography.
- The supernatant was applied to an immobilised amylose matrix at 0.4 ml/min to facilitate binding of the fusion protein. After binding, the column was washed extensively with resuspension buffer to remove contaminating proteins. Bound proteins were eluted by the addition of elution buffer (resuspension buffer+10 mM maltose) and fractions collected. Eluted fractions containing protein were pooled for treatment with Factor Xa.
- On some occasions a further purification step was incorporated into the scheme, prior to the addition of Factor Xa. In these instances, the eluted fractions were made to 5 mM DTT and applied to a Pharmacia Mono-Q HR5/5 column (equilibrated in resuspension buffer) as part of an FPLC system. Proteins were bound to the column at 150 mM NaCl, before increased to 500 mM NaCl over a gradient. Fractions were collected and analysed for the presence of MBP-LHN/B by Western blotting (probe antibody=guinea pig anti-BoNT/B or commercially obtained anti-MBP).
- Cleavage of the fusion protein by Factor Xa was as described in the protocol supplied by the manufacturer (New England Biolabs). Cleavage of the fusion protein resulted in removal of the MBP fusion tag and separation of the LC and HN domains of LHN/B. Passage of the cleaved mixture through a second immobilised maltose column removed free MBP from the mixture to leave purified disulphide-linked LHN/B. This material was used for conjugation.
- See
FIG. 5 for an illustration of the purification of LHN/B. - See
FIG. 6 for an illustration of the in vitro catalytic activity of LHN/B. - Materials
- Lectin from Triticum vulgaris (WGA) was obtained from Sigma Ltd.
- LHN/B was prepared as described in Example 4.
- SPDP was from Pierce Chemical Co.
- PD-10 desalting columns were from Pharmacia.
- Dimethylsulphoxide (DMSO) was kept anhydrous by storage over a molecular sieve.
- Polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis was performed using gels and reagents from Novex.
- Additional reagents were obtained from Sigma Ltd.
- Methods
- The lyophilised lectin was rehydrated in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) to a final concentration of 10 mg/ml. Aliquots of this solution were stored at −20° C. until use.
- The WGA was reacted with an equal concentration of SPDP by the addition of a 10 mM stock solution of SPDP in DMSO with mixing. After one hour at room temperature the reaction was terminated by desalting into PBS over a PD-10 column.
- The thiopyridone leaving group was removed from the product to release a free —SH group by reduction with dithiothreitol (DTT; 5 mM; 30 min). The thiopyridone and DTT were removed by once again desalting into PBS over a PD-10 column.
- The recLHN/B was desalted into PBS. The resulting solution (0.5-1.0 mg/ml) was reacted with a four-fold molar excess of SPDP by addition of a 10 mM stock solution of SPDP in DMSO. After 3 h at room temperature the reaction was terminated by desalting over a PD-10 column into PBS.
- A portion of the derivatized recLHN/B was removed from the solution and reduced with DTT (5 mM, 30 min). This sample was analysed spectrophotometrically at 280 nm and 343 nm to determine the degree of derivatisation.
- The bulk of the derivatized recLHN/B and the derivatized WGA were mixed in proportions such that the WGA was in greater than three-fold molar excess. The conjugation reaction was allowed to proceed for >16 h at 4° C.
- The product mixture was centrifuged to clear any precipitate that had developed. The supernatant was concentrated by centrifugation through concentrators (with 10000 molecular weight exclusion limit) before application to a Superdex G-200 column on an FPLC chromatography system (Pharmacia). The column was eluted with PBS and the elution profile followed at 280 nm.
- Fractions were analysed by SDS-PAGE on 4-20% polyacrylamide gradient gels, followed by staining with Coomassie Blue. The major conjugate products have an apparent molecular mass of between 106-150 kDa, these are separated from the bulk of the remaining unconjugated recLHN/B and more completely from the unconjugated WGA. Fractions containing conjugate were pooled prior to addition to PBS-washed N-acetylglucosamine-agarose. Lectin-containing proteins (i.e. WGA-recLHN/B conjugate) remained bound to the agarose during washing with PBS to remove contaminants (predominantly unconjugated recLHN/B). WGA-recLHN/B conjugate was eluted from the column by the addition of 0.3M N-acetylglucosamine (in PBS) and the elution profile followed at 280 nm.
- The fractions containing conjugate were pooled, dialysed against PBS, and stored at 4° C. until use.
- Human umbilical vein endothelial cells (HUVEC) secrete von Willebrands Factor (vWF) when stimulated with a variety of cell surface receptor agonists including histamine. These cells maintain this property when prepared from full term umbilical cords and grown in culture (Loesberg et al 1983, Biochim. Biophys. Acta. 763, 160-168). The release of vWF by HUVEC thus represents a secretory activity of a non-neuronal cell type derived from the cardiovascular system.
FIG. 7 illustrates the inhibition of the histamine stimulated release of vWF by HUVEC when previously treated with BoNT/B in low pH medium. Treatment of cells with toxins in low pH can be used as a technique for facilitating toxin penetration of the plasmalemma of cells refractory to exogenously applied clostridial neurotoxins. - This result clearly shows the ability of botulinum neurotoxins to inhibit secretory activity of non-neuronal cells in the cardiovascular system (see
FIG. 7 ). - Methods
- HUVEC were prepared by the method of Jaffe et al 1973, J. Clin. Invest. 52, 2745-2756. Cells were passaged once onto 24 well plates in medium 199 supplemented with 10% foetal calf serum, 10% newborn calf serum, 5 mM L-glutamine, 100 units/ml penicillin, 100 units/ml streptomycin, 20 μg/ml endothelial cell growth factor (Sigma). Cells were treated with DMEM pH 7.4, DMEM pH 4.7 (pH lowered with HCl) or DMEM, pH 4.7 with 500 nM BoNT/B for 2.5 hours then washed three times with HUVEC medium. 24 hours later cells were washed with a balanced salt solution, pH 7.4 and exposed to this solution for 30 minutes for the establishment of basal release. This was removed and BSS containing 1 mM histamine applied for a further 30 minutes. Superfusates were centrifuged to remove any detached cells and the quantity of vWF determined using an ELISA assay as described by Paleolog et al 1990, Blood. 75, 688-695. Stimulated secretion was then calculated by subtracting basal from the histamine stimulated release. Inhibition by BoNT/B treatment at pH 4.7 was calculated at 27.4% when compared to pH 4.7 treatment alone.
- The LS180 colon carcinoma cell line is recognised as a model of mucin secreting cells (McCool, D. J., Forstner, J. F. and Forstner, G. G. 1994 Biochem. J. 302, 111-118). These cells have been shown to adopt goblet cell morphology and release high molecular weight mucin when stimulated with muscarinic agonists (eg carbachol), phorbol esters (PMA) and Ca2+ ionophores (eg A23187) (McCool, D. J., Forstner, J. F. and Forstner, G. G. 1995 Biochem. J. 312, 125-133). These cells thus represent a non-neuronal cell type derived from the colon which can undergo regulated mucin secretion.
FIG. 8 illustrates the inhibition of the ionomycin stimulated release of high molecular weight, [3H]-glucosamine labelled material from LS180 cells by pretreatment with BoNT/B in low pH medium. Ionomycin is a Ca2+ ionophore and treatment of cells with low pH medium has been previously shown to facilitate toxin entry into cells. - This result clearly shows the ability of botulinum neurotoxins to inhibit secretory activity of non-neuronal cells able to release mucin when stimulated with a secretagogue (see
FIG. 8 ). - Methods
- Mucin synthesising colon carcinoma LS180 cells were grown on Matrigel coated 24 well plates in minimum essential medium supplemented with 10% foetal calf serum, 2 mM L-glutamine and 1% non-essential amino acids (Sigma) Cells were treated with pH 7.4 medium, pH 4.7 medium and pH 4.7 medium containing 500 nM botulinum neurotoxin type B (BoNT/B) for four hours then labelled with [3H]-glucosamine (1 μCi/ml, 0.5 ml/well) for 18 hours in L15 glucose free medium. Cells were then washed twice with a balanced salt solution (BSS) pH 7.4 and then 0.5 ml of BSS was applied for 30 minutes. This material was removed and 0.5 ml of BSS containing 10 μM ionomycin applied to stimulate mucin release. The stimulating solution was removed and all superfusates centrifuged to remove any detached cells. Supernatants were then centrifuged at 100,000×g for 1 hour. Supernatants were applied to Centricon centrifugal concentrators with a molecular weight cut-off of 100 kDa and centrifuged (2,500×g) until all liquid had passed through the membrane. Membranes were washed with BSS by centrifugation three times and then the membrane scintillation counted for retained, [3H]-glucosamine labelled high molecular weight material.
- The promyelocytic cell line HL60 can be differentiated into neutrophil like cells by the addition of dibutyryl cyclic AMP to the culture medium. Upon differentiation these cells increase their expression of characteristic enzymes such as .beta.-glucuronidase. In this condition these cells therefore represent a model of a phagocytic cell type which contributes to the inflammatory response of certain disease states (eg rheumatoid arthritis).
FIG. 9 illustrates the significant (p>0.05) inhibition of stimulated release of .beta.-glucuronidase from dbcAMP differentiated HL60 cells by pre-treatment with BoNT/B in low pH medium. - This result clearly shows the ability of botulinum neurotoxins to inhibit the secretory activity of a non-neuronal cell type which is a model of the neutrophil a cell which participates in inflammation.
- Methods
- HL60 cells were cultured in RPMI 1640 medium containing 10% foetal calf serum and 2 mM glutamine. Cells were exposed to low pH and toxin for 2.5 hours then washed 3 times and differentiated by the addition of dibutyryl cyclic AMP (dbcAMP) to a final concentration of 300 μM. Cells were differentiated for 40 hours and then stimulated release of β-glucuronidase activity was determined. Cells were treated with cytochalasin B (5 .mu.M) 5 minutes before stimulation. Cells were stimulated with 1 .mu.M N-formyl-Met-Leu-Phe with 100 μM ATP for 10 minutes then centrifuged and the supernatant taken for assay of β-glucuronidase activity. Activity was measured in cell lysates and the amount released expressed as a percentage of the total cellular content of enzyme.
- β-glucuronidase activity was determined according to the method of Absolom D. R. 1986, (Methods in Enzymology, 132, 160) using p-Nitrophenyl-β-D-glucuronide as the substrate.
- The following procedure creates a clone for use as an expression backbone for multidomain fusion expression. This example is based on preparation of a serotype B based clone (SEQ ID NO:1).
- Preparation of Cloning and Expression Vectors
- pCR 4 (Invitrogen) is the chosen standard cloning vector chosen due to the lack of restriction sequences within the vector and adjacent sequencing primer sites for easy construct confirmation. The expression vector is based on the pMAL (NEB) expression vector which has the desired restriction sequences within the multiple cloning site in the correct orientation for construct insertion (BamHI-SalI-PstI-HindIII). A fragment of the expression vector has been removed to create a non-mobilisable plasmid and a variety of different fusion tags have been inserted to increase purification options.
- Preparation of LC/B
- The LC/B is created by one of two ways:
- The DNA sequence is designed by back translation of the LC/B amino acid sequence (obtained from freely available database sources such as GenBank (accession number P10844) or Swissprot (accession locus BXB_CLOBO) using one of a variety of reverse translation software tools (for example EditSeq best E. coli reverse translation (DNASTAR Inc.), or Backtranslation tool v2.0 (Entelechon)). BamHI/SalI recognition sequences are incorporated at the 5′ and 3′ ends respectively of the sequence maintaining the correct reading frame. The DNA sequence is screened (using software such as MapDraw, DNASTAR Inc.) for restriction enzyme cleavage sequences incorporated during the back translation. Any cleavage sequences that are found to be common to those required by the cloning system are removed manually from the proposed coding sequence ensuring common E. coli codon usage is maintained. E. coli codon usage is assessed by reference to software programs such as Graphical Codon Usage Analyser (Geneart), and the % GC content and codon usage ratio assessed by reference to published codon usage tables (for example GenBank Release 143, Sep. 13, 2004). This optimised DNA sequence containing the LC/B open reading frame (ORF) is then commercially synthesized (for example by Entelechon, Geneart or Sigma-Genosys) and is provided in the
pCR 4 vector. - The alternative method is to use PCR amplification from an existing DNA sequence with BamHI and SalI restriction enzyme sequences incorporated into the 5′ and 3′ PCR primers respectively. Complementary oligonucleotide primers are chemically synthesised by a Supplier (for example MWG or Sigma-Genosys) so that each pair has the ability to hybridize to the opposite strands (3′ ends pointing “towards” each other) flanking the stretch of Clostridium target DNA, one oligonucleotide for each of the two DNA strands. To generate a PCR product the pair of short oligonucleotide primers specific for the Clostridium DNA sequence are mixed with the Clostridium DNA template and other reaction components and placed in a machine (the ‘PCR machine’) that can change the incubation temperature of the reaction tube automatically, cycling between approximately 94° C. (for denaturation), 55° C. (for oligonucleotide annealing), and 72° C. (for synthesis). Other reagents required for amplification of a PCR product include a DNA polymerase (such as Taq or Pfu polymerase), each of the four nucleotide dNTP building blocks of DNA in equimolar amounts (50-200 μM) and a buffer appropriate for the enzyme optimised for Mg2+ concentration (0.5-5 mM).
- The amplification product is cloned into
pCR 4 using either, TOPO TA cloning for Taq PCR products or Zero Blunt TOPO cloning for Pfu PCR products (both kits commercially available from Invitrogen). The resultant clone is checked by sequencing. Any additional restriction sequences which are not compatible with the cloning system are then removed using site directed mutagenesis (for example using Quickchange (Stratagene Inc.)). - Preparation of HN/B Insert
- The HN is created by one of two ways:
- The DNA sequence is designed by back translation of the HN/B amino acid sequence (obtained from freely available database sources such as GenBank (accession number P10844) or Swissprot (accession locus BXB_CLOBO)) using one of a variety of reverse translation software tools (for example EditSeq best E. coli reverse translation (DNASTAR Inc.), or Back translation tool v2.0 (Entelechon)). A PstI restriction sequence added to the N-terminus and XbaI-stop codon-HindIII to the C-terminus ensuring the correct reading frame in maintained. The DNA sequence is screened (using software such as MapDraw, DNASTAR Inc.) for restriction enzyme cleavage sequences incorporated during the back translation. Any sequences that are found to be common to those required by the cloning system are removed manually from the proposed coding sequence ensuring common E. coli codon usage is maintained. E. coli codon usage is assessed by reference to software programs such as Graphical Codon Usage Analyser (Geneart), and the % GC content and codon usage ratio assessed by reference to published codon usage tables (for example GenBank Release 143, Sep. 13, 2004). This optimised DNA sequence is then commercially synthesized (for example by Entelechon, Geneart or Sigma-Genosys) and is provided in the
pCR 4 vector. - The alternative method is to use PCR amplification from an existing DNA sequence with PstI and XbaI-stop codon-HindIII restriction enzyme sequences incorporated into the 5′ and 3′ PCR primers respectively. The PCR amplification is performed as described above. The PCR product is inserted into
pCR 4 vector and checked by sequencing. Any additional restriction sequences which are not compatible with the cloning system are then removed using site directed mutagenesis (for example using Quickchange (Stratagene Inc.)). - Preparation of the Spacer (LC-HN Linker)
- The LC-HN linker can be designed from first principle, using the existing sequence information for the linker as the template. For example, the serotype B linker (in this case defined as the inter-domain polypeptide region that exists between the cysteines of the disulphide bridge between LC and HN) has the sequence KSVKAPG (SEQ ID NO:30). This sequence information is freely available from available database sources such as GenBank (accession number P10844) or Swissprot (accession locus BXB_CLOBO). For generation of a specific protease cleavage site, the recognition sequence for enterokinase is inserted into the activation loop to generate the sequence VDEEKLYDDDDKDRWGSSLQ (SEQ ID NO:31). Using one of a variety of reverse translation software tools (for example EditSeq best E. coli reverse translation (DNASTAR Inc.), or Backtranslation tool v2.0 (Entelechon)), the DNA sequence encoding the linker region is determined. BamHI/SalI and PstI/XbaI/stop codon/HindIII restriction enzyme sequences are incorporated at either end, in the correct reading frames. The DNA sequence is screened (using software such as MapDraw, DNASTAR Inc.) for restriction enzyme cleavage sequences incorporated during the back translation. Any sequences that are found to be common to those required by the cloning system are removed manually from the proposed coding sequence ensuring common E. coli codon usage is maintained. E. coli codon usage is assessed by reference to software programs such as Graphical Codon Usage Analyser (Geneart), and the % GC content and codon usage ratio assessed by reference to published codon usage tables (for example GenBank Release 143, Sep. 13, 2004). This optimised DNA sequence is then commercially synthesized (for example by Entelechon, Geneart or Sigma-Genosys) and is provided in the
pCR 4 vector. If it is desired to clone the linker out ofpCR 4 vector, the vector (encoding the linker) is cleaved with either BamHI+SalI or PstI+XbaI combination restriction enzymes. This cleaved vector then serves as the recipient vector for insertion and ligation of either the LC DNA (cleaved with BamHI/SalI) or HN DNA (cleaved with PstI/XbaI). Once the LC or the HN encoding DNA is inserted upstream or downstream of the linker DNA, the entire LC-linker or linker-HN DNA fragment can the be isolated and transferred to the backbone clone. - As an alternative to independent gene synthesis of the linker, the linker-encoding DNA can be included during the synthesis or PCR amplification of either the LC or HN.
- Assembly and Confirmation of the Backbone Clone
- The LC or the LC-linker is cut out from the
pCR 4 cloning vector using BamHI/SalI or BamHI/PstI restriction enzymes digests. The pMAL expression vector is digested with the same enzymes but is also treated with calf intestinal protease (CIP) as an extra precaution to prevent re-circularisation. Both the LC or LC-linker region and the pMAL vector backbone are gel purified. The purified insert and vector backbone are ligated together using T4 DNA ligase and the product is transformed with TOP10 cells which are then screened for LC insertion using BamHI/SalI or BamHI/PstI restriction digestion. The process is then repeated for the HN or linker-HN insertion into the PstI/HindIII or SalI/HindIII sequences of the pMAL-LC construct. - Screening with restriction enzymes is sufficient to ensure the final backbone is correct as all components are already sequenced confirmed, either during synthesis or following PCR amplification. However, during the sub-cloning of some components into the backbone, where similar size fragments are being removed and inserted, sequencing of a small region to confirm correct insertion is required.
- The following procedure creates a clone for use as an expression backbone for multidomain fusion expression. This example is based on preparation of a serotype C based clone (SEQ ID NO:2).
- Preparation of Cloning and Expression Vectors
- pCR 4 (Invitrogen) is the chosen standard cloning vector chosen due to the lack of restriction sequences within the vector and adjacent sequencing primer sites for easy construct confirmation. The expression vector is based on the pMAL (NEB) expression vector which has the desired restriction sequences within the multiple cloning site in the correct orientation for construct insertion (BamHI-SalI-PstI-HindIII). A fragment of the expression vector has been removed to create a non-mobilisable plasmid and a variety of different fusion tags have been inserted to increase purification options.
- Preparation of LC/C
- The LC/C is created by one of two ways:
- The DNA sequence is designed by back translation of the LC/C amino acid sequence (obtained from freely available database sources such as GenBank (accession number P18640) or Swissprot (accession locus BXC1_CLOBO) using one of a variety of reverse translation software tools (for example EditSeq best E. coli reverse translation (DNASTAR Inc.), or Backtranslation tool v2.0 (Entelechon)). BamHI/SalI recognition sequences are incorporated at the 5′ and 3′ ends respectively of the sequence maintaining the correct reading frame. The DNA sequence is screened (using software such as MapDraw, DNASTAR Inc.) for restriction enzyme cleavage sequences incorporated during the back translation. Any cleavage sequences that are found to be common to those required by the cloning system are removed manually from the proposed coding sequence ensuring common E. coli codon usage is maintained. E. coli codon usage is assessed by reference to software programs such as Graphical Codon Usage Analyser (Geneart), and the % GC content and codon usage ratio assessed by reference to published codon usage tables (for example GenBank Release 143, Sep. 13, 2004). This optimised DNA sequence containing the LC/C open reading frame (ORF) is then commercially synthesized (for example by Entelechon, Geneart or Sigma-Genosys) and is provided in the
pCR 4 vector. - The alternative method is to use PCR amplification from an existing DNA sequence with BamHI and SalI restriction enzyme sequences incorporated into the 5′ and 3′ PCR primers respectively. Complementary oligonucleotide primers are chemically synthesised by a Supplier (for example MWG or Sigma-Genosys) so that each pair has the ability to hybridize to the opposite strands (3′ ends pointing “towards” each other) flanking the stretch of Clostridium target DNA, one oligonucleotide for each of the two DNA strands. To generate a PCR product the pair of short oligonucleotide primers specific for the Clostridium DNA sequence are mixed with the Clostridium DNA template and other reaction components and placed in a machine (the ‘PCR machine’) that can change the incubation temperature of the reaction tube automatically, cycling between approximately 94° C. (for denaturation), 55° C. (for oligonucleotide annealing), and 72° C. (for synthesis). Other reagents required for amplification of a PCR product include a DNA polymerase (such as Taq or Pfu polymerase), each of the four nucleotide dNTP building blocks of DNA in equimolar amounts (50-200 μM) and a buffer appropriate for the enzyme optimised for Mg2+ concentration (0.5-5 mM).
- The amplification product is cloned into
pCR 4 using either, TOPO TA cloning for Taq PCR products or Zero Blunt TOPO cloning for Pfu PCR products (both kits commercially available from Invitrogen). The resultant clone is checked by sequencing. Any additional restriction sequences which are not compatible with the cloning system are then removed using site directed mutagenesis (for example using Quickchange (Stratagene Inc.)). - Preparation of HN/C Insert
- The HN is created by one of two ways:
- The DNA sequence is designed by back translation of the HN/C amino acid sequence (obtained from freely available database sources such as GenBank (accession number P18640) or Swissprot (accession locus BXC1_CLOBO)) using one of a variety of reverse translation software tools (for example EditSeq best E. coli reverse translation (DNASTAR Inc.), or Back translation tool v2.0 (Entelechon)). A PstI restriction sequence added to the N-terminus and XbaI-stop codon-HindIII to the C-terminus ensuring the correct reading frame in maintained. The DNA sequence is screened (using software such as MapDraw, DNASTAR Inc.) for restriction enzyme cleavage sequences incorporated during the back translation. Any sequences that are found to be common to those required by the cloning system are removed manually from the proposed coding sequence ensuring common E. coli codon usage is maintained. E. coli codon usage is assessed by reference to software programs such as Graphical Codon Usage Analyser (Geneart), and the % GC content and codon usage ratio assessed by reference to published codon usage tables (for example GenBank Release 143, Sep. 13, 2004). This optimised DNA sequence is then commercially synthesized (for example by Entelechon, Geneart or Sigma-Genosys) and is provided in the
pCR 4 vector. - The alternative method is to use PCR amplification from an existing DNA sequence with PstI and XbaI-stop codon-HindIII restriction enzyme sequences incorporated into the 5′ and 3′ PCR primers respectively. The PCR amplification is performed as described above. The PCR product is inserted into
pCR 4 vector and checked by sequencing. Any additional restriction sequences which are not compatible with the cloning system are then removed using site directed mutagenesis (for example using Quickchange (Stratagene Inc.)). - Preparation of the Spacer (LC-HN Linker)
- The LC-HN linker can be designed from first principle, using the existing sequence information for the linker as the template. For example, the serotype C linker (in this case defined as the inter-domain polypeptide region that exists between the cysteines of the disulphide bridge between LC and HN) has the sequence HKAIDGRSLYNKTLD (SEQ ID NO:32). This sequence information is freely available from available database sources such as GenBank (accession number P18640) or Swissprot (accession locus BXC1_CLOBO). For generation of a specific protease cleavage site, the recognition sequence for enterokinase is inserted into the activation loop to generate the sequence VDGIITSKTKSDDDDKNKALNLQ (SEQ ID NO:33). Using one of a variety of reverse translation software tools (for example EditSeq best E. coli reverse translation (DNASTAR Inc.), or Backtranslation tool v2.0 (Entelechon)), the DNA sequence encoding the linker region is determined. BamHI/SalI and PstI/XbaI/stop codon/HindIII restriction enzyme sequences are incorporated at either end, in the correct reading frames. The DNA sequence is screened (using software such as MapDraw, DNASTAR Inc.) for restriction enzyme cleavage sequences incorporated during the back translation. Any sequences that are found to be common to those required by the cloning system are removed manually from the proposed coding sequence ensuring common E. coli codon usage is maintained. E. coli codon usage is assessed by reference to software programs such as Graphical Codon Usage Analyser (Geneart), and the % GC content and codon usage ratio assessed by reference to published codon usage tables (for example GenBank Release 143, Sep. 13, 2004). This optimised DNA sequence is then commercially synthesized (for example by Entelechon, Geneart or Sigma-Genosys) and is provided in the
pCR 4 vector. If it is desired to clone the linker out ofpCR 4 vector, the vector (encoding the linker) is cleaved with either BamHI+SalI or PstI+XbaI combination restriction enzymes. This cleaved vector then serves as the recipient vector for insertion and ligation of either the LC DNA (cleaved with BamHI/SalI) or HN DNA (cleaved with PstI/XbaI). Once the LC or the HN encoding DNA is inserted upstream or downstream of the linker DNA, the entire LC-linker or linker-HN DNA fragment can the be isolated and transferred to the backbone clone. - As an alternative to independent gene synthesis of the linker, the linker-encoding DNA can be included during the synthesis or PCR amplification of either the LC or HN.
- Assembly and Confirmation of the Backbone Clone
- The LC or the LC-linker is cut out from the
pCR 4 cloning vector using BamHI/SalI or BamHI/PstI restriction enzymes digests. The pMAL expression vector is digested with the same enzymes but is also treated with calf intestinal protease (CIP) as an extra precaution to prevent re-circularisation. Both the LC or LC-linker region and the pMAL vector backbone are gel purified. The purified insert and vector backbone are ligated together using T4 DNA ligase and the product is transformed with TOP10 cells which are then screened for LC insertion using BamHI/SalI or BamHI/PstI restriction digestion. The process is then repeated for the HN or linker-HN insertion into the PstI/HindIII or SalI/HindIII sequences of the pMAL-LC construct. - Screening with restriction enzymes is sufficient to ensure the final backbone is correct as all components are already sequenced confirmed, either during synthesis or following PCR amplification. However, during the sub-cloning of some components into the backbone, where similar size fragments are being removed and inserted, sequencing of a small region to confirm correct insertion is required.
- Preparation of Spacer-EGF Insert
- For presentation of an EGF sequence at the C-terminus of the HN domain, a DNA sequence is designed to flank the spacer and targeting moiety (TM) regions allowing incorporation into the backbone clone (SEQ ID NO:2). The DNA sequence can be arranged as BamHI-SalI-PstI-XbaI-spacer-EGF-stop codon-HindIII (SEQ ID NO:3). The DNA sequence can be designed using one of a variety of reverse translation software tools (for example EditSeq best E. coli reverse translation (DNASTAR Inc.), or Backtranslation tool v2.0 (Entelechon)). Once the TM DNA is designed, the additional DNA required to encode the preferred spacer is created in silico. It is important to ensure the correct reading frame is maintained for the spacer, EGF and restriction sequences and that the XbaI sequence is not preceded by the bases, TC which would result on DAM methylation. The DNA sequence is screened for restriction sequence incorporated and any additional sequences are removed manually from the remaining sequence ensuring common E. coli codon usage is maintained. E. coli codon usage is assessed by reference to software programs such as Graphical Codon Usage Analyser (Geneart), and the % GC content and codon usage ratio assessed by reference to published codon usage tables (for example GenBank Release 143, Sep. 13, 2004). This optimised DNA sequence is then commercially synthesized (for example by Entelechon, Geneart or Sigma-Genosys) and is provided in the
pCR 4 vector. - Insertion of Spacer-EGF into Backbone
- In order to create a LC-linker-HN-spacer-EGF construct (SEQ ID NO:4) using the backbone construct (SEQ ID NO:2) and the newly synthesised pCR 4-spacer-TM vector encoding the EGF TM (SEQ ID NO:3), the following two-step method is employed. Firstly, the HN domain is excised from the backbone clone using restriction enzymes PstI and XbaI and ligated into similarly digested pCR 4-spacer-EGF vector. This creates an HN-spacer-EGF ORF in
pCR 4 that can be excised from the vector using restriction enzymes PstI and HindIII for subsequent ligation into similarly cleaved backbone or expression construct. The final construct contains the LC-linker-HN-spacer-EGF ORF (SEQ ID NO:4) for transfer into expression vectors for expression to result in a fusion protein of the sequence illustrated in SEQ ID NO:5. - Screening with restriction enzymes is sufficient to ensure the final backbone is correct as all components are already sequenced confirmed, either during synthesis or following PCR amplification. However, during the sub-cloning of some components into the backbone, where similar size fragments are being removed and inserted, sequencing of a small region to confirm correct insertion is required.
- Alternative Construction Approach
- As an alternative to the methodologies described above for the construction of LHN/C-EGF, complete gene synthesis has been used to create a single DNA insert that encodes the LC, the HN, linkers, spacers and a protease activation site. The synthetic DNA is designed to have a NdeI restriction site at the 5′ end and a HindIII restriction site at the 3′ end to facilitate direct cloning into expression vectors. The sequence of the engineered coding region is subject to the same codon utilisation analysis as described above. The sequence of the synthetic DNA is illustrated in SEQ ID NO:19, and the protein that it encodes is illustrated in SEQ ID NO:20.
- Expression of LHN/C-EGF Fusion Protein
- Expression of the LHN/C-EGF fusion protein is achieved using the following protocol.
Inoculate 100 ml of modified TB containing 0.2% glucose and 100 mg/ml ampicillin in a 250 ml flask with a single colony from the LHN/C-EGF expression strain. Grow the culture at 37° C., 225 rpm for 16 hours. Inoculate 1 L of modified TB containing 0.2% glucose and 100 □g/ml ampicillin in a 2 L flask with 10 ml of overnight culture. Grow cultures at 37° C. until an approximate OD600 nm of 0.5 is reached at which point reduce the temperature to 16° C. After 1 hour induce the cultures with 1 mM IPTG and grow at 16° C. for a further 16 hours. - Purification of LHN/C-EGF Fusion Protein
- Defrost falcon tube containing 25
ml 50 mM HEPES pH 7.2 200 mM NaCl and approximately 10 g of E. coli BL21 cell paste. Sonicate the cell paste onice 30 seconds on, 30 seconds off for 10 cycles at a power of 22 microns ensuring the sample remains cool. Spin the lysed cells at 18 000 rpm, 4° C. for 30 minutes. Load the supernatant onto a 0.1 M NiSO4 charged Chelating column (20-30 ml column is sufficient) equilibrated with 50 mM HEPES pH 7.2 200 mM NaCl. Using a step gradient of 10 and 40 mM imidazole, wash away the non-specific bound protein and elute the fusion protein with 100 mM imidazole. Dialyse the eluted fusion protein against 5 L of 50 mM HEPES pH 7.2 200 mM NaCl at 4° C. overnight and measure the OD of the dialysed fusion protein. Add 1 unit of factor Xa per 100 □g fusion protein and incubate at 25° C. static overnight. Load onto a 0.1 M NiSO4 charged Chelating column (20-30 ml column is sufficient) equilibrated with 50 mM HEPES pH 7.2 200 mM NaCl. Wash column to baseline with 50 mM HEPES pH 7.2 200 mM NaCl. Using a step gradient of 10 and 40 mM imidazole, wash away the non-specific bound protein and elute the fusion protein with 100 mM imidazole. Dialyse the eluted fusion protein against 5 L of 50 mM HEPES pH 7.2 200 mM NaCl at 4° C. overnight and concentrate the fusion to about 2 mg/ml, aliquot sample and freeze at −20° C. Test purified protein using OD, BCA and purity analysis.FIG. 8 demonstrates the purified protein as analysed be SDS-PAGE. - The LC-HN linker is designed using the methods described in example 11 using the B serotype linker arranged as BamHI-SalI-PstI-XbaI-spacer-EGF-stop codon-HindIII (SEQ ID NO:3). The LHN/B-EGF fusion is then assembled using the LHN/B backbone clone (SEQ ID NO:1) made using the methods described in example 9 and constructed using methods described in example 11. The final construct contains the LC-linker-HN-spacer-EGF ORF (SEQ ID NO:6) for transfer into expression vectors for expression to result in a fusion protein of the sequence illustrated in SEQ ID NO:7. The resultant expression plasmid, pMAL LHN/B-EGF is transformed into E. coli BL21 for recombinant protein expression. Expression and purification of the fusion protein was carried out as described in example 6 except that enterokinase replaced factor Xa in the activation of the fusion protein.
FIG. 9 demonstrates the purified protein as analysed by SDS-PAGE. - Preparation of Spacer-RGD Insert
- For presentation of an RGD sequence at the C-terminus of the HN domain, a DNA sequence is designed to flank the spacer and TM regions allowing incorporation into the backbone clone (SEQ ID NO:2). The DNA sequence can be arranged as BamHI-SalI-PstI-XbaI-spacer-SpeI-RGD-stop codon-HindIII (SEQ ID NO:8). The DNA sequence can be designed using one of a variety of reverse translation software tools (for example EditSeq best E. coli reverse translation (DNASTAR Inc.), or Backtranslation tool v2.0 (Entelechon)). Once the TM DNA is designed, the additional DNA required to encode the preferred spacer is created in silico. It is important to ensure the correct reading frame is maintained for the spacer, RGD and restriction sequences and that the XbaI sequence is not preceded by the bases, TC which would result on DAM methylation. The DNA sequence is screened for restriction sequence incorporated and any additional sequences are removed manually from the remaining sequence ensuring common E. coli codon usage is maintained. E. coli codon usage is assessed by reference to software programs such as Graphical Codon Usage Analyser (Geneart), and the % GC content and codon usage ratio assessed by reference to published codon usage tables (for example GenBank Release 143, Sep. 13, 2004). This optimised DNA sequence is then commercially synthesized (for example by Entelechon, Geneart or Sigma-Genosys) and is provided in the
pCR 4 vector. - Insertion of Spacer-RGD into Backbone
- In order to create a LC-linker-HN-spacer-RGD construct (SEQ ID NO:9) using the backbone construct (SEQ ID NO:2) and the newly synthesised pCR 4-spacer-TM vector encoding the RGD TM (SEQ ID NO:8), the following two-step method is employed. Firstly, the HN domain is excised from the backbone clone using restriction enzymes PstI and XbaI and ligated into similarly digested pCR 4-spacer-RGD vector. This creates an HN-spacer-RGD ORF in
pCR 4 that can be excised from the vector using restriction enzymes PstI and HindIII for subsequent ligation into similarly cleaved backbone or expression construct. The final construct contains the LC-linker-HN-spacer-RGD ORF (SEQ ID NO:9) for transfer into expression vectors for expression to result in a fusion protein of the sequence illustrated in SEQ ID NO:10. - Screening with restriction enzymes is sufficient to ensure the final backbone is correct as all components are already sequenced confirmed, either during synthesis or following PCR amplification. However, during the sub-cloning of some components into the backbone, where similar size fragments are being removed and inserted, sequencing of a small region to confirm correct insertion is required.
- Expression and purification of the fusion protein was carried out as described in example 11.
FIG. 10 demonstrates the purified protein as analysed by SDS-PAGE. - The LC-HN linker can be designed using the methods described in example 13 using the C serotype linker arranged as BamHI-SalI-PstI-XbaI-spacer-SpeI-cyclic RGD-stop codon-HindIII (SEQ ID NO:11). The LHN/C-cyclic RGD fusion is then assembled using the LHN/C backbone clone (SEQ ID NO:2) made using the methods described in example 10 and constructed using methods described in example 13. The final construct contains the LC-linker-HN-spacer-cyclic RGD ORF (SEQ ID NO:11) for transfer into expression vectors for expression to result in a fusion protein of the sequence illustrated in SEQ ID NO:13. The resultant expression plasmid, pMAL LHN/C-cyclic RGD was transformed into E. coli BL21 for recombinant protein expression. Expression and purification of the fusion protein was carried out as described in example 11.
FIG. 11 demonstrates the purified protein as analysed by SDS-PAGE. - In order to create the LC-linker-RGD-spacer-HN construct (SEQ ID NO:15), the
pCR 4 vector encoding the linker (SEQ ID NO:14) is cleaved with BamHI+SalI restriction enzymes. This cleaved vector then serves as the recipient vector for insertion and ligation of the LC/C DNA (SEQ ID NO:2) cleaved with BamHI+SalI. The resulting plasmid DNA is then cleaved with PstI+XbaI restriction enzymes and serves as the recipient vector for the insertion and ligation of the HN/C DNA (SEQ ID NO:2) cleaved with PstI+XbaI. The final construct contains the LC-linker-RGD-spacer-HN ORF (SEQ ID NO:15) for transfer into expression vectors for expression to result in a fusion protein of the sequence illustrated in SEQ ID NO:16. The resultant expression plasmid, pMAL LC/C-RGD-HN/C was transformed into E. coli BL21 for recombinant protein expression. Expression and purification of the fusion protein was carried out as described in example 11.FIG. 12 demonstrates the purified protein as analysed by SDS-PAGE. - Alternative Construction Approach
- As an alternative to the methodologies described above for the construction of LC-linker-RGD-spacer-HN, complete gene synthesis has been used to create a single DNA insert that encodes the LC, the HN, linkers, spacers and a protease activation site. The synthetic DNA is designed to have a NdeI restriction site at the 5′ end and a HindIII restriction site at the 3′ end to facilitate direct cloning into expression vectors. The sequence of the engineered coding region is subject to the same codon utilisation analysis as described above. The sequence of the synthetic DNA is illustrated in SEQ ID NO:17, and the protein that it encodes is illustrated in SEQ ID NO:18.
- A range of concentrations of LHN/B-EGF in cleavage buffer (50 mM HEPES pH7.4, 10 mM DTT, 20 □M ZnCl2, 1% FBS) are incubated with biotinylated VAMP substrate (1 mg/ml) for two hours at 37° C. in a shaking incubator. The cleavage reaction is transferred to a washed 96-well streptavidin coated plate and incubated at 37° C. in a shaking incubator for 5 minutes. The plate is washed three times with PBS-0.1% tween-20 (PBS-T). The wells are blocked with blocking buffer (5% FCS in PBS-T) for 1 hour at 37° C. The primary antibody (anti-FESS) is added at a dilution of 1 in 500 in blocking buffer and the plate is incubated at 37° C. for 1 hour. The plate is washed three times with PBS-T and the secondary antibody (anti guinea pig HRP conjugate) diluted 1 in 1000 in blocking buffer is applied. Following 1 hour incubation at 37° C. the plate is developed with bioFX TMB substrate. Colour development is allowed to proceed for 1-5 minutes and then stopped with stop solution. The absorbance is measured at 450 nm.
FIG. 13 shows the VAMP cleavage activity of LHN/B-EGF fusion protein. - The THP-1 cell line is a human-derived suspension (non-adherent) culture that is used frequently to provide a model system for primary monocytes. It is a well characterized model and over 2000 reviewed publications have utilized the THP-1 line to investigate molecular and cellular processes. Recent studies have demonstrated the utility of the THP-1 cell line as a model to assess the secretion of anti- and pro-inflammatory cytokines (Qiu et. al. 2007 J. Lipid Res. 48(2) 385-394, Prunet et. al. 2006 Cytometry A. 69, 359-373 and Segura et al 2002 Clin. Exp. Immunol. 127(2) 243-254).
-
FIG. 14 illustrates the significant inhibition of LPS-stimulated release of IL-8 from THP-1 cells in culture by pretreatment with either EGF-LHN/C (SXN 100501) or with EGF-LHN/B (SXN 100328). - This result shows clearly the ability of fusion proteins to inhibit the pro-inflammatory cytokine secretory activity of a non-neuronal immune cell type that is a model for the monocyte cell which participates in inflammation.
- Methods
- THP-1, cells were pre-incubated with 10 nM compound or vehicle control for 48 hours at 37° C./5% CO2. After the pre-incubation, LPS was added at a final concentration of 1 mg/ml and the cells incubated for a further 16 hours (overnight). For inhibitory controls; cells were treated with Staurosporine (1 μM) or Dexamethasone (1 μM) for 30 minutes prior to adding the LPS, and then incubated for 16 hours (overnight). Culture supernatant from each well was harvested and analyzed for cytokine by Luminex-based technology (BioSource). All estimations were performed in triplicate.
- The RPMI-8226 cell line is a human-derived culture that is used frequently to provide a model system for primary B-lymphocytes. It is a well characterized model and over 250 reviewed publications have utilized the RPMI-8226 line to investigate molecular and cellular processes. Recent studies have demonstrated the utility of the RPMI-8226 cell line as a model to assess the secretion of cytokines (Xu et. al. J. Leukoc. Biol. 2002, 72(2) 410-416 and Gupta et. al. 2001, 15(12) 1950-1961).
-
FIG. 15 illustrates the significant inhibition of LPS-stimulated release of IL-10 from RPMI-8226 cells in culture by pretreatment with either EGF-LHN/C (SXN 100501) or with EGF-LHN/B (SXN 100328). - This result shows clearly the ability of fusion proteins to inhibit the cytokine secretory activity of a non-neuronal immune cell type that is a model for the B-lymphocyte cell which participates in immune responses.
- Methods
- RPMI-8226 cells were pre-incubated with 10 nM compound or vehicle control for 48 hours at 37oC/5% CO2. After the pre-incubation, LPS was added at a final concentration of 1 mg/ml and the cells incubated for a further 16 hours (overnight). For inhibitory controls; cells were treated with Staurosporine (1 μM) or Dexamethasone (1 μM) for 30 minutes prior to adding the LPS, and then incubated for 16 hours (overnight). Culture supernatant from each well was harvested and analyzed for cytokine by Luminex-based technology (BioSource). All estimations were performed in triplicate.
- PBMC are peripheral blood mononuclear cells providing a primary culture that is highly diverse in constituent cell phenotype. It is a well characterized model and over 3000 reviewed publications have utilized primary human PBMC to investigate molecular and cellular processes. Recent studies have demonstrated the utility of human PBMC as a model to assess the secretion of cytokines (Bachmann et. al. Cell Microbiol. 2006, 8(2) 289-300, Siejka et. al. Endocr. Regul. 2005, 39(1) 7-11, Reddy et. al. 2004, 293(1-2) 127-142).
-
FIG. 16 illustrates the significant inhibition of LPS-stimulated release of IL-8 from human PBMC cells in culture by pretreatment with CP-RGD-LHN/C (SXN 100221), EGF-LHN/C (SXN 100501) or with EGF-LHN/B (SXN 100328). - This result shows clearly the ability of fusion proteins to inhibit the cytokine secretory activity of non-neuronal human immune cells which participates in immune responses.
- Methods
- PBMC cells were pre-incubated with 10 nM compound or vehicle control for 24 hours at 37° C./5% CO2. After the pre-incubation, LPS was added at a final concentration of 1 mg/ml and the cells incubated for a further 16 hours (overnight). For inhibitory controls; cells were treated with Staurosporine (1 μM) or Dexamethasone (1 μM) for 30 minutes prior to adding the LPS, and then incubated for 16 hours (overnight). Culture supernatant from each well was harvested and analyzed for cytokine by Luminex-based technology (BioSource). All estimations were performed in triplicate.
- PBMC are peripheral blood mononuclear cells providing a primary culture that is highly diverse in constituent cell phenotype. It is a well characterized model and over 3000 reviewed publications have utilized primary human PBMC to investigate molecular and cellular processes. Recent studies have demonstrated the utility of human PBMC as a model to assess the secretion of cytokines (Bachmann et. al. Cell Microbiol. 2006, 8(2) 289-300, Siejka et. al. Endocr. Regul. 2005, 39(1) 7-11, Reddy et. al. 2004, 293(1-2) 127-142).
-
FIG. 17 illustrates the significant inhibition of PHA-stimulated release of IP-10 from human PBMC cells in culture by pretreatment with CP-RGD-LHN/C (SXN 100221), EGF-LHN/C (SXN 100501) or with EGF-LHN/B (SXN 100328). - This result shows clearly the ability of fusion proteins to inhibit the cytokine secretory activity of non-neuronal human immune cells which participates in immune responses.
- Methods
- PBMC cells were pre-incubated with 10 nM compound or vehicle control for 24 hours at 37° C./5% CO2. After the pre-incubation, PHA was added at a final concentration of 2 mg/ml and the cells incubated for a further 16 hours (overnight). For inhibitory controls; cells were treated with Staurosporine (1 μM) or Dexamethasone (1 μM) for 30 minutes prior to adding the PHA, and then incubated for 16 hours (overnight). Culture supernatant from each well was harvested and analyzed for cytokine by Luminex-based technology (BioSource). All estimations were performed in triplicate.
- A 54 year old male suffering from asthma presents at his GP. Despite daily treatment with his preventer inhaler, the use of his reliever inhaler has increased significantly. The patient presents with difficulty in performing everyday tasks due continued shortness of breath and frequent asthma attacks. The GP prescribes a 6-month course of SXN100501 (as prepared in previous examples) in nebuliser form, 80 μg to be taken monthly. Following discussion with the physician, the patient selects the most appropriate nebuliser for their personal situation from a range of suitable devices. After a single dose of SXN100501 the patient experiences a reduced frequency of attacks and a general improvement in FEV1. Further treatment enhances these parameters further and improves quality of life.
- A 26 year old female suffering from seasonal allergic rhinitis (hay fever) presents at her GP. Despite completion of a course of preventer treatment (consisting of daily treatment with flixonase for a period of 3 weeks) and subsequent treatment with OTC anti-histamines, the frequency and severity of rhinitis increases. The GP prescribes a 4-month course of SXN100328 (as prepared in previous examples), 80 μg to be taken monthly in the form of a nasal spray. After a single dose of SXN100328 the patient experiences a reduced frequency of rhinitis and generally improved quality of life. Further treatments continue to decrease the severity of the rhinitis.
- SEQ ID List
-
- SEQ ID NO:1 DNA sequence of LHN/B
- SEQ ID NO:2 DNA sequence of LHN/C
- SEQ ID NO:3 DNA sequence of the EGF linker
- SEQ ID NO:4 DNA sequence of the EGF-C fusion
- SEQ ID NO:5 Protein sequence of the EGF-C fusion
- SEQ ID NO:6 DNA sequence of the EGF-B fusion
- SEQ ID NO:7 Protein sequence of the EGF-B fusion
- SEQ ID NO:8 DNA sequence of the RGD linker
- SEQ ID NO:9 DNA sequence of the RGD-C fusion
- SEQ ID NO:10 Protein sequence of the RGD-C fusion
- SEQ ID NO:11 DNA sequence of the cyclic RGD linker
- SEQ ID NO:12 DNA sequence of the cyclic RGD-C fusion
- SEQ ID NO:13 Protein sequence of the cyclic RGD-C fusion
- SEQ ID NO:14 DNA sequence of the LC/C-RGD-HN/C linker
- SEQ ID NO:15 DNA sequence of the LC/C-RGD-HN/C fusion
- SEQ ID NO:16 Protein sequence of the LC/C-RGD-HN/C fusion
- SEQ ID NO:17 DNA sequence of the fully synthesised LC/C-RGD-HN/C fusion
- SEQ ID NO:18 Protein sequence of the fully synthesised LC/C-RGD-HN/C fusion
- SEQ ID NO:19 DNA sequence of the fully synthesised EGF-LHN/C fusion
- SEQ ID NO:20 Protein sequence of the fully synthesised EGF-LHN/C fusion
- SEQ ID NO:21 Integrin binding peptide sequence
- SEQ ID NO:22 Integrin binding peptide sequence
- SEQ ID NO:23 Cyclic RGD peptide
- SEQ ID NO:24 Linear integrin binding sequence
- SEQ ID NO:25 Cyclic integrin binding sequence
Claims (15)
1. A method for inhibiting secretion from a non-neuronal inflammatory cell, said method comprising administering an agent comprising at least first and second domains, wherein the first domain cleaves one or more proteins essential to exocytosis and the second domain translocates the first domain into the inflammatory cell.
2. The method according to claim 1 , for treatment of disease caused, exacerbated or maintained by secretion from said non-neuronal inflammatory cell.
3. The method according to claim 1 or 2 , wherein the agent further comprises a third domain for targeting the agent to said non-neuronal inflammatory cell.
4. The method according to claim 3 wherein the third domain comprises or consists of a growth factor or an integrin-binding protein; or a ligand selected from (i) for mast cells, complement receptors in general, including C4 domain of the Fc IgE, and antibodies/ligands to the C3a/C4a-R complement receptor; (ii) for eosinophils, antibodies/ligands to the C3a/C4a-R complement receptor, anti VLA-4 monoclonal antibody, anti-IL5 receptor, antigens or antibodies reactive toward CR4 complement receptor; (iii) for macrophages and monocytes, macrophage stimulating factor, (iv) for macrophages, monocytes and neutrophils, bacterial IPS and yeast B-glucans which bind to CR3, (v) for neutrophils, antibody to 0X42, an antigen associated with the iC3b complement receptor, or IL8; (vi) for fibroblasts, mannose 6-phosphate/insulin-like growth factor-beta (M6P/IGFII) receptor and PA2.26, antibody to a cell-surface receptor for active fibroblasts in mice.
5. The method according to claim 1 for the treatment of a disease selected from the group consisting of allergies (seasonal allergic rhinitis (hay fever), allergic conjunctivitis, vasomotor rhinitis and food allergy), eosinophilia, asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, discoid lupus erythematosus, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, hemorrhoids, pruritus, glomerulonephritis, hepatitis, pancreatitis, gastritis, vasculitis, myocarditis, psoriasis, eczema, chronic radiation-induced fibrosis, lung scarring and other fibrotic disorders.
6. The method according to claim 1 , wherein the agent comprises a first domain that cleaves a protein selected from SNAP-25, synaptobrevin and syntaxin.
7. The method according to claim 1 wherein the first domain comprises a light chain of a clostridial neurotoxin, or a fragment, variant or derivative thereof which inhibits exocytosis.
8. The method according to claim 1 , wherein the second domain comprises a HN region of a clostridial polypeptide, or a fragment, variant or derivative thereof that translocates the exocytosis inhibiting activity of the first domain into the cell.
9. The method according to claim 1 for inhibition of constitutive and regulated release from non-neuronal inflammatory cells.
10. The method according to claim 1 , wherein the agent is in the form of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
11. The method according to claim 3 , wherein the third domain is epidermal growth factor.
12. The method according to claim 3 , wherein the third domain is an integrin-binding protein.
13. The method according to claim 12 , wherein the third domain comprises the tri-peptide amino acid sequence Arg-Gly-Asp.
14. The method according to claim 12 , wherein the third domain comprises a sequence selected from Arg-Gly-Asp-Phe-Val (SEQ ID NO: 23); Arg-Gly-Asp-{D-Phe}-{N-methyl-Val} (SEQ ID NO: 23); RGDFV (SEQ ID NO: 23); RGDfNMeV (SEQ ID NO: 23); GGRGDMFGA (SEQ ID NO: 21); GGCRGDMFGCA (SEQ ID NO: 22); GRGDSP (SEQ ID NO: 26); GRGESP (SEQ ID NO: 27); PLAEIDGIEL (SEQ ID NO: 24) and CPLAEIDGIELC (SEQ ID NO: 25), or a sequence having at least 80% identity therewith.
15. The method according to claim 2 , wherein the agent further comprises a third domain for targeting the agent to said non-neuronal inflammatory cell.
Priority Applications (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US11/806,648 US20080038274A1 (en) | 1999-09-23 | 2007-06-01 | Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells |
| US13/022,184 US20110152174A1 (en) | 1999-09-23 | 2011-02-07 | Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells |
| US13/344,776 US8852603B2 (en) | 1999-09-23 | 2012-01-06 | Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells |
| US14/459,955 US20140348828A1 (en) | 1999-09-23 | 2014-08-14 | Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells |
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| GB9922558.3 | 1999-09-23 | ||
| GBGB9922558.3A GB9922558D0 (en) | 1999-09-23 | 1999-09-23 | Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells |
| GBPCT/GB2000/003681 | 2000-09-25 | ||
| US10/088,665 US20030180289A1 (en) | 1999-09-23 | 2002-03-20 | Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells |
| US11/327,855 US20060216283A1 (en) | 1999-09-23 | 2006-01-09 | Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells |
| US11/806,648 US20080038274A1 (en) | 1999-09-23 | 2007-06-01 | Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells |
Related Parent Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US11/327,855 Continuation-In-Part US20060216283A1 (en) | 1999-09-23 | 2006-01-09 | Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells |
Related Child Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US13/022,184 Continuation US20110152174A1 (en) | 1999-09-23 | 2011-02-07 | Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| US20080038274A1 true US20080038274A1 (en) | 2008-02-14 |
Family
ID=46328821
Family Applications (4)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US11/806,648 Abandoned US20080038274A1 (en) | 1999-09-23 | 2007-06-01 | Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells |
| US13/022,184 Abandoned US20110152174A1 (en) | 1999-09-23 | 2011-02-07 | Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells |
| US13/344,776 Expired - Fee Related US8852603B2 (en) | 1999-09-23 | 2012-01-06 | Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells |
| US14/459,955 Abandoned US20140348828A1 (en) | 1999-09-23 | 2014-08-14 | Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells |
Family Applications After (3)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US13/022,184 Abandoned US20110152174A1 (en) | 1999-09-23 | 2011-02-07 | Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells |
| US13/344,776 Expired - Fee Related US8852603B2 (en) | 1999-09-23 | 2012-01-06 | Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells |
| US14/459,955 Abandoned US20140348828A1 (en) | 1999-09-23 | 2014-08-14 | Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (4) | US20080038274A1 (en) |
Cited By (15)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20080125282A1 (en) * | 2003-02-28 | 2008-05-29 | Fallbrook Technologies Inc. | Continuously variable transmission |
| US20080187960A1 (en) * | 2004-12-01 | 2008-08-07 | Keith Foster | Non-Cytotoxic Protein Conjugates |
| US20090035822A1 (en) * | 2004-12-01 | 2009-02-05 | Keith Foster | Fusion Proteins |
| US20090274708A1 (en) * | 1996-08-23 | 2009-11-05 | Health Protection Agency | Recombinant Toxin Fragments |
| WO2010020811A1 (en) | 2008-08-21 | 2010-02-25 | Syntaxin Limited | Non-cytotoxic fusion proteins comprising egf muteins |
| WO2010094905A1 (en) * | 2009-02-23 | 2010-08-26 | Syntaxin Limited | Modified non-cytotoxic proteases |
| US20110027256A1 (en) * | 2004-12-01 | 2011-02-03 | Syntaxin Ltd. | Fusion proteins |
| US20110028691A1 (en) * | 2002-09-12 | 2011-02-03 | The Health Protection Agency | Recombinant toxin fragments |
| US8512984B2 (en) | 2004-12-01 | 2013-08-20 | Syntaxin, Ltd. | Non-cytotoxic protein conjugates |
| US8603779B2 (en) | 2004-12-01 | 2013-12-10 | Syntaxin, Ltd. | Non-cytotoxic protein conjugates |
| US8778634B2 (en) | 2004-12-01 | 2014-07-15 | Syntaxin, Ltd. | Non-cytotoxic protein conjugates |
| US20140302006A1 (en) * | 2008-06-12 | 2014-10-09 | Syntaxin Limited | Suppression of neuroendocrine diseases |
| AU2014200449B2 (en) * | 2008-06-12 | 2016-04-21 | Ipsen Bioinnovation Limited | Suppression of neuroendocrine diseases |
| US11129906B1 (en) | 2016-12-07 | 2021-09-28 | David Gordon Bermudes | Chimeric protein toxins for expression by therapeutic bacteria |
| US12378536B1 (en) | 2015-05-11 | 2025-08-05 | David Bermudes | Chimeric protein toxins for expression by therapeutic bacteria |
Families Citing this family (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20080038274A1 (en) * | 1999-09-23 | 2008-02-14 | Foster Keith A | Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5614488A (en) * | 1991-07-05 | 1997-03-25 | Seragen, Inc. | Epidermal growth factor receptor targeted molecules for treatment of inflammatory arthritis |
| US5766591A (en) * | 1994-03-18 | 1998-06-16 | The Scripps Research Institute | Methods and compositions useful for inhibition of angiogenesis |
| US6632440B1 (en) * | 1998-08-25 | 2003-10-14 | Health Protection Agency | Methods and compounds for the treatment of mucus hypersecretion |
| US20080252948A1 (en) * | 2007-04-13 | 2008-10-16 | Seiko Epson Corporation | Unit for measuring color and recording apparatus |
Family Cites Families (31)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US4792447A (en) * | 1981-07-23 | 1988-12-20 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Anti-immunoglobulin toxin conjugates useful in the treatment of B cell tumors |
| US5668255A (en) * | 1984-06-07 | 1997-09-16 | Seragen, Inc. | Hybrid molecules having translocation region and cell-binding region |
| US5786457A (en) * | 1989-02-23 | 1998-07-28 | Colorado State University Research Foundation | Hormone-nuclease compounds and method for regulating hormone related diseases |
| US5196193A (en) * | 1989-10-31 | 1993-03-23 | Ophidian Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antivenoms and methods for making antivenoms |
| AU657087B2 (en) | 1989-12-22 | 1995-03-02 | Seragen Incorporated | Hybrid molecules having translocation region and cell-binding region |
| AU1582692A (en) | 1991-03-08 | 1992-10-06 | Protein Design Labs, Inc. | Recombinant double chain immunotoxins |
| US5190873A (en) * | 1991-06-21 | 1993-03-02 | California Institute Of Biological Research | Hybrid tryptophan aporepressor containing ligand binding sites |
| WO1993004191A1 (en) | 1991-08-15 | 1993-03-04 | Neorx Corporation | Noncytolytic toxin conjugates |
| US5317009A (en) * | 1991-08-26 | 1994-05-31 | New York University | Anti-HIV proteins GAP 31, DAP 30 and DAP 32 and therapeutic uses thereof |
| WO1993015766A1 (en) | 1992-02-10 | 1993-08-19 | Seragen, Inc. | Desensitization to specific allergens |
| US5874080A (en) * | 1994-03-03 | 1999-02-23 | Genentech, Inc. | Anti-IL-8 monoclonal antibodies for treatment of asthma |
| FI971732L (en) | 1994-10-24 | 1997-06-23 | Ophidian Pharm Inc | Vaccine and antitoxin to treat and prevent disease caused by C. difficile |
| GB9508204D0 (en) | 1995-04-21 | 1995-06-07 | Speywood Lab Ltd | A novel agent able to modify peripheral afferent function |
| GB9617671D0 (en) | 1996-08-23 | 1996-10-02 | Microbiological Res Authority | Recombinant toxin fragments |
| EP1105153A4 (en) | 1996-08-28 | 2005-01-19 | Ophidian Pharm Inc | Multivalent vaccine for (clostridium botulinum) neurotoxin |
| DE19735105A1 (en) | 1997-08-13 | 1999-03-04 | Univ Albert Ludwigs Freiburg | New fusion protein |
| DK1084146T3 (en) | 1998-05-13 | 2003-02-03 | Biotecon Ges Fuer Biotechnologische Entwicklung & Consulting Mbh | Hybrid protein for inhibiting the degranulation of mastocytes and their use |
| DK1346731T3 (en) | 1998-07-22 | 2007-04-10 | Osprey Pharmaceuticals Ltd | Conjugates for the treatment of inflammatory disorders and corresponding tissue damage |
| DE19856897A1 (en) | 1998-12-10 | 2000-06-15 | Biotecon Ges Fuer Biotechnologische Entwicklung & Consulting Mbh | Therapeutic to suppress snoring noises |
| WO2000043500A2 (en) * | 1999-01-21 | 2000-07-27 | Vitro Diagnostics, Inc. | Immortalized cell lines and methods of making the same |
| US6776990B2 (en) | 1999-04-08 | 2004-08-17 | Allergan, Inc. | Methods and compositions for the treatment of pancreatitis |
| US6171578B1 (en) | 1999-04-14 | 2001-01-09 | Diatide, Inc. | Benzodiazepine derivatives for imaging thrombi |
| US6358697B2 (en) | 1999-04-21 | 2002-03-19 | Children's Hospital Medical Center | Intracellular pharmaceutical targeting |
| EP1180016B1 (en) * | 1999-05-24 | 2006-09-27 | Introgen Therapeutics, Inc. | Methods and compositions for non-viral gene therapy for treatment of hyperproliferative diseases |
| DE19925739A1 (en) | 1999-06-07 | 2000-12-21 | Biotecon Ges Fuer Biotechnologische Entwicklung & Consulting Mbh | Therapeutic with a botulinum neurotoxin |
| US20030180289A1 (en) * | 1999-09-23 | 2003-09-25 | Foster Keith Alan | Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells |
| US20080038274A1 (en) * | 1999-09-23 | 2008-02-14 | Foster Keith A | Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells |
| GB9922554D0 (en) | 1999-09-23 | 1999-11-24 | Microbiological Res Authority | Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells |
| US7598421B2 (en) * | 2002-05-08 | 2009-10-06 | Ucl Biomedica Plc | Materials for the delivery of biologically-active material to cells |
| US7183066B2 (en) * | 2002-09-27 | 2007-02-27 | Allergan, Inc. | Cell-based fluorescence resonance energy transfer (FRET) assays for clostridial toxins |
| GB0426397D0 (en) | 2004-12-01 | 2005-01-05 | Health Prot Agency | Fusion proteins |
-
2007
- 2007-06-01 US US11/806,648 patent/US20080038274A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2011
- 2011-02-07 US US13/022,184 patent/US20110152174A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2012
- 2012-01-06 US US13/344,776 patent/US8852603B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2014
- 2014-08-14 US US14/459,955 patent/US20140348828A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US5614488A (en) * | 1991-07-05 | 1997-03-25 | Seragen, Inc. | Epidermal growth factor receptor targeted molecules for treatment of inflammatory arthritis |
| US5766591A (en) * | 1994-03-18 | 1998-06-16 | The Scripps Research Institute | Methods and compositions useful for inhibition of angiogenesis |
| US6632440B1 (en) * | 1998-08-25 | 2003-10-14 | Health Protection Agency | Methods and compounds for the treatment of mucus hypersecretion |
| US20080252948A1 (en) * | 2007-04-13 | 2008-10-16 | Seiko Epson Corporation | Unit for measuring color and recording apparatus |
Cited By (36)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US7674470B2 (en) | 1996-08-23 | 2010-03-09 | Health Protection Agency | Recombinant toxin fragments |
| US8012479B2 (en) | 1996-08-23 | 2011-09-06 | Health Protection Agency | Recombinant toxin fragments |
| US20090274708A1 (en) * | 1996-08-23 | 2009-11-05 | Health Protection Agency | Recombinant Toxin Fragments |
| US9006395B2 (en) | 2002-09-12 | 2015-04-14 | The Secretary Of State For Health | Recombinant toxin fragments |
| US20110028691A1 (en) * | 2002-09-12 | 2011-02-03 | The Health Protection Agency | Recombinant toxin fragments |
| US20080125282A1 (en) * | 2003-02-28 | 2008-05-29 | Fallbrook Technologies Inc. | Continuously variable transmission |
| US9012195B2 (en) | 2004-12-01 | 2015-04-21 | Syntaxin, Ltd. | Non-cytotoxic protein conjugates |
| US9139635B2 (en) | 2004-12-01 | 2015-09-22 | Syntaxin, Ltd. | Non-cytotoxic protein conjugates |
| US7659092B2 (en) | 2004-12-01 | 2010-02-09 | Syntaxin, Ltd. | Fusion proteins |
| US10619146B2 (en) | 2004-12-01 | 2020-04-14 | Ipsen Bioinnovation Limited | Non-cytotoxic protein conjugates |
| US20100247509A1 (en) * | 2004-12-01 | 2010-09-30 | Keith Foster | Fusion Proteins |
| US20110027256A1 (en) * | 2004-12-01 | 2011-02-03 | Syntaxin Ltd. | Fusion proteins |
| US7658933B2 (en) | 2004-12-01 | 2010-02-09 | Syntaxin, Ltd. | Non-cytotoxic protein conjugates |
| US20110177053A1 (en) * | 2004-12-01 | 2011-07-21 | Syntaxin, Ltd. | Non-cytotoxic protein conjugates |
| US9474807B2 (en) | 2004-12-01 | 2016-10-25 | Ipsen Bioinnovation Limited | Non-cytotoxic protein conjugates |
| US20090162341A1 (en) * | 2004-12-01 | 2009-06-25 | Keith Foster | Non-Cytotoxic Protein Conjugates |
| US8067200B2 (en) | 2004-12-01 | 2011-11-29 | Syntaxin Ltd. | Fusion proteins |
| US8187834B2 (en) | 2004-12-01 | 2012-05-29 | Syntaxin, Ltd. | Non-cytotoxic protein conjugates |
| US8399400B2 (en) | 2004-12-01 | 2013-03-19 | Syntaxin, Ltd. | Fusion proteins |
| US8399401B2 (en) | 2004-12-01 | 2013-03-19 | Syntaxin, Ltd. | Fusion proteins |
| US8512984B2 (en) | 2004-12-01 | 2013-08-20 | Syntaxin, Ltd. | Non-cytotoxic protein conjugates |
| US8603779B2 (en) | 2004-12-01 | 2013-12-10 | Syntaxin, Ltd. | Non-cytotoxic protein conjugates |
| US20080187960A1 (en) * | 2004-12-01 | 2008-08-07 | Keith Foster | Non-Cytotoxic Protein Conjugates |
| US8778634B2 (en) | 2004-12-01 | 2014-07-15 | Syntaxin, Ltd. | Non-cytotoxic protein conjugates |
| US20090035822A1 (en) * | 2004-12-01 | 2009-02-05 | Keith Foster | Fusion Proteins |
| US8940870B2 (en) | 2004-12-01 | 2015-01-27 | Syntaxin, Ltd. | Fusion proteins |
| US20140302006A1 (en) * | 2008-06-12 | 2014-10-09 | Syntaxin Limited | Suppression of neuroendocrine diseases |
| AU2014200449B2 (en) * | 2008-06-12 | 2016-04-21 | Ipsen Bioinnovation Limited | Suppression of neuroendocrine diseases |
| US8614069B2 (en) | 2008-08-21 | 2013-12-24 | Syntaxin Limited | Non-cytotoxic fusion proteins comprising EGF muteins |
| WO2010020811A1 (en) | 2008-08-21 | 2010-02-25 | Syntaxin Limited | Non-cytotoxic fusion proteins comprising egf muteins |
| US20110177056A1 (en) * | 2008-08-21 | 2011-07-21 | Syntaxin Limited | Non-cytotoxic fusion proteins comprising egf muteins |
| US9849163B2 (en) | 2009-02-23 | 2017-12-26 | Ipsen Bioinnovation Limited | Modified non-cytotoxic proteases |
| WO2010094905A1 (en) * | 2009-02-23 | 2010-08-26 | Syntaxin Limited | Modified non-cytotoxic proteases |
| US10744190B2 (en) | 2009-02-23 | 2020-08-18 | Ipsen Bioinnovation Limited | Method for suppressing spasmodic torticollis |
| US12378536B1 (en) | 2015-05-11 | 2025-08-05 | David Bermudes | Chimeric protein toxins for expression by therapeutic bacteria |
| US11129906B1 (en) | 2016-12-07 | 2021-09-28 | David Gordon Bermudes | Chimeric protein toxins for expression by therapeutic bacteria |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| US8852603B2 (en) | 2014-10-07 |
| US20120101027A1 (en) | 2012-04-26 |
| US20110152174A1 (en) | 2011-06-23 |
| US20140348828A1 (en) | 2014-11-27 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US8852603B2 (en) | Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells | |
| EP1235594B1 (en) | Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells | |
| US20060216283A1 (en) | Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells | |
| CN101098885B (en) | Fusion protein comprising a non-cytotoxic protease, a targeting moiety, a protease cleavage site, and a translocation domain | |
| WO2005023309A2 (en) | Design of re-targeted toxin conjugates | |
| US9012195B2 (en) | Non-cytotoxic protein conjugates | |
| EP3246405B1 (en) | Fusion proteins and methods for treating, preventing or ameliorating pain | |
| US8603779B2 (en) | Non-cytotoxic protein conjugates | |
| US10619146B2 (en) | Non-cytotoxic protein conjugates | |
| HK1245833A1 (en) | Fusion proteins and methods for treating, preventing or ameliorating pain | |
| AU2005227383B2 (en) | Inhibition of secretion from non-neuronal cells |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| AS | Assignment |
Owner name: SYNTAXIN LTD., UNITED KINGDOM Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:FOSTER, KEITH ALAN;CHADDOCK, JOHN ANDREW;QUINN, CONRAD PADRAIG;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:020073/0281 Effective date: 20071016 |
|
| STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |